USA: +1(669)289-8683 
Sign in
DUE DATE: 26 Jan 2018; DUE TIME: 15:00Hrs; TOTAL Budget: $15.00
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the feasibility study within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical thinking, and attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen. Given the information provided you for your assigned rocket assembly project:
• Construct a fully decomposed work breakdown structure (WBS) for your assigned rocket project.
• Write your scope statement for your assigned Ansari X-Prize rocket assembly project.
You will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours to write up your findings. Download the appropriate templates. Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the appendix of your text for a similar template. The document you use must meet all criteria specified in the grading rubric. Fill in all sections completely using your assigned assignment scenario found in Course Resources.
1. See attached worksheet or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. If there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but required in the rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to the designated assignment Dropbox.
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. Upload your fully decomposed WBS and Scope Statement to the designated dropbox.
3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follow the stated requirements.
The Gauchito Rocket Assembly Project Plan
GM592:
Project Planning
GM 592
·
Introduce Yourself!
Discussion Topic
Updated
Throughout this course, many discussion opportunities will be available where you need to respond to other people’s opinions and comments. Please take this opportunity to introduce yourself and to learn something about each other. Be sure to include the following information:
Your name, location, and something about you that you would like your classmates to know.
·
Unit 1 Discussion
Discussion Topic
Updated
Project Planning
DUE DATE: 19 & 20 Jan 2018; DUE TIME: 15 & 20:00Hrs; TOTAL Budget: $25.00
This assignment is in 2 parts while Part 2 is split in 2 smaller parts (A & B).
Part 1:
Topic 1
DUE DATE: 19 Jan 2018 DUE TIME: 15:00Hrs GMT
Managing Project Communications
Visit the Library and read the article below in preparation for your Discussion Board posting. This paper examines the relationship between the project management ‐ customer’s communication and the project success. The agile software development methodology was introduced in February 2001, when the Agile Manifesto was conceived, based on four values:
1. Individuals and interactions over processes and tools;
2. Working software over comprehensive documentation;
3. Customer collaboration over contract negotiation; and
4. Responding to change over following a plan.
Holzmann, V., & Panizel, I. (2013). Communications management in scrum projects. Proceedings of the European Conference on Information Management, 67–74. (Accession Number: 91956200)
Is agile project management (APM) communication management any different from traditional project management (TPM) communication management?
As a result of reading the paper and drawing from your assigned readings, take a position (state your premise) that addresses these communications methodologies and support your position showing the situation (knowledge), an understanding of the situation (comprehension), and how it applies professionally (application). Then, analyze your premise/position with a cited reference or example showing that you have considered all aspects relating to the implementation of your premise as advantages/disadvantages (analysis).
Finally, conclude with a restatement of your supported premise or a recommended course of action drawn from your analysis (synthesis) and then validate your conclusion or recommended course of action using cited references or examples not used in your analysis to avoid circular logic (evaluation).
Part 2 :
DUE DATE: 20 Jan 2018 DUE TIME: 18:00Hrs GMT
You have two Assignments to submit this unit. – A & B
Assignment A:
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the feasibility study within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical thinking, and attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
Given the information provided you for your assigned rocket assembly project (See Course Resources):
Construct a fully decomposed work breakdown structure (WBS) for your assigned rocket project.
Write your scope statement for your assigned Ansari X-Prize rocket assembly project.
You will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours to write up your findings. Download the appropriate templates in Course Resources to record the information found. Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the appendix of your text for a similar template. The document you use must meet all criteria specified in the grading rubric.
Fill in all sections completely using your assigned assignment scenario found in Course Resources.
1. Go to Course Resources or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. If there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but required in the rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to the designated assignment Dropbox.
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. Upload your fully decomposed WBS and Scope Statement to the designated team members’ Dropbox.
3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follow the stated requirements.
Assignment B:
You are in the process of pulling together the Scope Management Plan, the fully decomposed WBS, populating the Requirements Traceability Matrix, the Scope Statement, and the Communication Management Plan.
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the quality aspects within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
Identify your group members and using the Team Area below Unit 6 collaborate and develop the following from your assigned Ansari “X-Prize” project entry:
Write your assigned rocket assembly project scope management plan.
Develop your requirements traceability matrix with ID numbers correlating to your WBS numbering.
Write your assigned rocket assembly project communications management plan.
You will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours to write up your findings. Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the appendix of your text for a similar template. The document you use must meet all criteria specified in the grading rubric. Fill in all sections completely using your assigned assignment scenario.
1. Go to Course Resources or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. If there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but required in the rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to the designated team members’ Dropbox.
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. Upload this charter to the designated team members’ Dropbox.
3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the stated requirements.
Unit1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
1 of 3
Assignment 1: Individual Assignment
In this Assignment, you will be assessed on the following outcome:
GM592-1: Plan scope management with associated communications.
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the feasibility study within
the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur
between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are directed
toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical thinking, and
attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
Given the information provided you for your assigned rocket assembly project (See Course
Resources):
Construct a fully decomposed work breakdown structure (WBS) for your assigned rocket
project.
Write your scope statement for your assigned Ansari X-Prize rocket assembly project.
You will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours to write up your
findings. Download the appropriate templates in Course Resources to record the information
found. Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the appendix of your text for a
similar template. The document you use must meet all criteria specified in the grading
rubric. Fill in all sections completely using your assigned assignment scenario found in Course
Resources.
1. Go to Course Resources or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the
rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the
worksheet. If there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but
required in the rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to the
designated assignment Dropbox.
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria. Using
this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. Upload your
fully decomposed WBS and Scope Statement to the designated team members’ Dropbox.
3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follow the
stated requirements.
Directions for Submitting your Individual Assignment:
To submit your Unit 1 Individual Assignment, upload both your WBS and your Scope
Statement to the Unit 1 Assignment 1 Dropbox. Make sure that you have saved a copy of
each of the files you submitted for this Assignment.
Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
2 of 3
GM592 Unit 1 Individual Assignment: 40 Points Points
Possible
Points
Earned
Content (0-24 points)
1. Tool Development (WBS)
a) A hierarchical decomposition of the total scope of the project to be
carried out by the project to accomplish project objectives according to
required deliverables?
1
2
b) Each descending level (from task to subtask to work package)
represents an increasing detail definition of project work?
c) W ork packages are accurate and controllable?
d) There are no overlaps in scope definition between two activities at
the work package level?
e) Each activity is assigned a WBS control number that uniquely identifies
it for hierarchal summation of costs, schedule, and resource allocation?
2. Tool Development (Scope Statement)
a) Project scope description that is in more detail from the project
charter?
12
b) Acceptance criteria specifying a set of conditions that must be met
before deliverables are accepted?
c) Project deliverables that correlate to the WBS tasks that is required to
be produced to complete the project’s product?
d) Project exclusion(s) that identify what is specifically excluded from the
project (What constitutes “Out of Scope”)?
e) Is there a description of known constraints identifying factors that limit
the execution of the project or a process within the project in scope, time,
cost, or quality)?
f) Is there a description of known assumptions identifying factors in the
planning process that is considered to true, real, or certain, without proof
or demonstration to include those impacts should the assumptions prove
to be false?
Analysis (0-12)
points)
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g.,
evaluation). Paper shows original thought.
3
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and
inferences. 3
Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and
assessment based on evaluation and synthesis of information. 3
Writing (0-7)
points)
Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
3 of 3
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page.
Correct use of APA when assigned. 3
Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate,
(no far-fetched, unsupported comments), precise (say what you
mean), and concise (not wordy).
2
Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a
double space between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar,
punctuation, and spelling help to clarify the meaning by following accepted
conventions.
2
Total 40
Unit1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
1of 3
Assignment 2: Team Assignment
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the quality aspects within
the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur
between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are
directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical
thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
It’s now been a week into the planning of your team’s rocket assembly project. You are in the
process of pulling together the Scope Management Plan, the fully decomposed WBS,
populating the Requirements Traceability Matrix, the Scope Statement, and the Communication
Management Plan.
Identify your group members and using the Team Area below Unit 6 collaborate and develop
the following from your assigned Ansari “X-Prize” project entry:
Write your assigned rocket assembly project scope management plan.
Develop your requirements traceability matrix with ID numbers correlating to your WBS
numbering.
Write your assigned rocket assembly project communications management plan.
Your team will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours per group
member to write up your findings. Download the appropriate templates in Course Resources to
record the information found. Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the
appendix of your text for a similar template. The document you use must meet all criteria
specified in the grading rubric. Fill in all sections completely using your assigned assignment
scenario found in Course Resources.
1. Go to Course Resources or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the
rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the
worksheet. If there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but
required in the rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to
the designated team members’ Dropbox.
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria.
Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet.
Upload this charter to the designated team members’ Dropbox.
3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the
stated requirements.
Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
2of 3
Directions for Submitting your Team Assignment:
To submit your Unit 1 Team Assignment, have one person designated by the team upload
all assignment documents to the Unit 1 Assignment 2 Dropbox. Make sure that you have
saved a copy of each of the tools to submit for this assignment.
Each team member must submit a peer evaluation individually to your Unit 1 Assignment 2
Dropbox.
GM592 Unit 1 Team Assignment: 50
Points
Points
Possible
Points
Earned
Content (0-30 points)
1. Tool Development (Scope Management Plan)
a) Process for preparing a detailed scope statement?
10
b) Process that enables the creation of the WBS from the detailed scope statement?
c) Process that establishes how the WBS will be maintained and approved?
d) Process that specifies how formal acceptances of the completed project deliverables will
be obtained?
e) Process to control how requests for changes to the detailed scope statement will be
processed as defined in the Integrated Change Control process (PMBOK section 4.5)?
2. Tool Development (Requirements Traceability Matrix)
a) Business needs, opportunities, goals, and objectives?
10
b) Project objectives?
c) Project scope/WBS deliverables?
d) Product design?
e) Product development?
f) Test cases?
g) Unique identifier (WBS number, ID, Associate ID, etc.)
3. Tool Development (Communications Management Plan)
a) Stakeholder communications requirements?
10
b) Information to be communicated (language, format, content, and level of detail)?
c) Reason for distribution of information?
d) Time frame and frequency for distribution of required information?
e) Person responsible for communicating information?
f) Person/Group(s) who will receive information?
g) Methods or technologies used to convey information (memos, email, fax, press release,
etc.)?
Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
3of 3
h) Escalation process with time frames and management chain for escalation of issues not
resolved at lower levels?
i) Method for updating and refining the communications management plan as project
develops?
j) Glossary of common project related terminology (minimum 20 terms)?
k) Flow charts of the information flow in project?
l) Communication constraints (regulations, codes, technologies, organizational policies,
etc.)?
Analysis (0-11 points)
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation). Paper
shows original thought.
3
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences.
4
Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on
evaluation and synthesis of information. 4
Writing (0-9 points)
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of
APA when assigned. 3
Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched,
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
3
Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space
between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to clarify
the meaning by following accepted conventions.
3
Peer Evaluation (0,-1:-15 points)
Minus points lost on Peer Evaluation (15= 0, 14= -1, 13= -2, etc.) 0
Total 50
>Hi Lvl . & Dry
.0
.0
Measure body tube Apply glue .0
Assembly
.0
.0
Engine Mount Assembly Marking mount mm
mm
Cutting mount Inserting hook Testing adapter ring Shock Cord Mount Assembly Cut cord mount Crease assembly Glue mount assembly Fold mount assembly Clamp mount assembly Allow to dry Select fin pattern Trace fin patterns Trace fin #2 Save scrap Course sand fins Fine sand fins Engine Mount Installation Measure body tube mm
Spread glue Insert engine mount Tube Marking Detail Wrap guide Mark tube Draw fin markings mm
Draw straight line Draw straight line mm
Fin Attachment Apply second layer glue Set aside to dry Launch Lug Attachment mm
Glue lug attachment Dry lug attachment Allow to dry Stand rocket on drying table Allow to dry Apply glue Set mount Set glue Allow to dry Cut out parachute Tape removal Tape attachment Shroud line assembly Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone Parachute pass throough Line tightening Shock cord tie down Finishing Rocket Prime rocket Paint rocket Allow to dry Decal #1 Decal #1 Decal #1 WBS Engine Mount Assembly Locate light blue engine mount tube Locate engine hook Locate green adapter ring Move tube to ruler Align with zero mark Take pencil Mark tube Cut 3mm slit Inserting hook Insert hook Extend hook Testing adapter ring Slide ring into front of engine tube Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark Glue & Dry Apply glue Apply glue to one side Apply glue to other side Dry glue Set assembly aside Allow to dry Locate cord mount on pattern sheet Cut cord mount along outline Fold on dotted lines Crease on dotted lines Spread glue Lay end of shock cord in glue Fold section 1 Apply glue section 3 Fold again Clamp assembly Allow to dry 3.1 Select fin pattern Select fin pattern Cut fin pattern from sheet Trace fin #2 Match fin #2 Trace fin #2 Match fin #2 Cut fin #1 Chect fin #1 Cut fin #2 Chect fin #2 Cut fin #3 Chect fin #3 Set aside piece scrap basa wood Lay sandpaper Stack fins Sand fins Fine sand fin #1 Round leading edge fin #1 Round trailing edge fin #1 Streamline training edge fin #1 Fine sand fin #2 Round leading edge fin #2 Round trailing edge fin #2 Streamline training edge fin #2 Fine sand fin #3 Round leading edge fin #3 Round trailing edge fin #3 Streamline training edge fin #3 Locate body tube Spread glue around body tube Insert engine mount assembly into body tube Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet Cut guide alone outline Wrap guide around body tube Tape guide to body tube Mark tube for fins Mark tube for fin #1 Mark tube for fin #2 Mark tube for fin #3 Write LL on body tube Remove guide Fin #1 Draw straight line Extend line 76mm Fin #2 Draw straight line Extend line 76mm Fin #3 Draw straight line Extend line 76mm Draw launch lug line Allow fin #2 to dry Apply to fin #3 Allow fin #3 to dry Apply more glue to Fin #2 Set fin #2 Press fin #2 Apply more glue to Fin #3 Set fin #3 Press fin #3 Attach fin #2 Adjust fin #3 Attach fin #3 Stand rocket on drying table Allow fins to dry Ensure launch lug alignment Allow to dry Glue Reinforcement Reinforce fin fin #1 Reinforce fin fin #2 Reinforce fin fin #3 Reinforch side 1 Reinforce side 2 Allow to dry Shock Cord Mount Attachment 9.1 Measure body tube Measure 25mm 9.2 Apply glue Apply glue to shock cord Insert cord into tube Set mount 25mm Press mount into glue Hold mount attachment Allow to dry Parachute Assembly Cut parachute along line Remove tape Fold shroud lines Cut shroud lines Attach tape rings Attach tape ring #1 Attach tape ring #2 Attach tape ring #3 Attach tape ring #4 Attach tape ring #5 Attach tape ring #6 Press tape tape rings into place Press tape tape rings into place #1 Press tape tape rings into place #2 Press tape tape rings into place #3 Press tape tape rings into place #4 Press tape tape rings into place #5 Press tape tape rings into place #6 Punch tape ring holes Punch tape ring holes #1 Punch tape ring holes #2 Punch tape ring holes #3 Punch tape ring holes #4 Punch tape ring holes #5 Punch tape ring holes #6 Pass shroud line through hole Tie lines together Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone Thread shroud lines Pass parachute through loop Line tightening Pull lines tight Shock cord tie down Tie down shock cord free end Finishing Rocket Check to ensure glue joint are dry Apply primer coat #1 Sand rocket body #1 Apply primer coat #2 Sand rocket body #2 Insert paint handle Apply paint to rocket Allow to dry Cut decals Decal #1 Decal #2 Decal #3 Decal #4 Decal #5 Decal #6 Decal #7 Decal #8 Decal #9 Decal #10 Decal #11 Decal #12 Decal #13 Dip in water Decal #1 Decal #2 Decal #3 Decal #4 Decal #5 Decal #6 Decal #7 Decal #8 Decal #9 Decal #10 Decal #11 Decal #12 Decal #13 Slip decals Decal #1 Decal #2 Decal #3 Decal #4 Decal #5 Decal #6 Decal #7 Decal #8 Decal #9 Decal #10 Decal #11 Decal #12 Decal #13 Blot decals Decal #1 Decal #2 Decal #3 Decal #4 Decal #5 Decal #6 Decal #7 Decal #8 Decal #9 Decal #10 Decal #11 Decal #12 Decal #13 Dry decals Allow to dry overnight Apply clear spray to decals Cut away backing Align decal Peel off backing Smooth decal Parachute Assembly 25 38 41 64 76 102 1.0 Engine Mount Assembly Est
Mark 25mm Mark 64 mm Apply glue to one side Apply glue to other side Set assembly aside Allow to dry Round leading edge fin #1 Round trailing edge fin #1 Streamline training edge fin #1 Round leading edge fin #2 Round trailing edge fin #2 Streamline training edge fin #2 Round leading edge fin #3 Round trailing edge fin #3 Streamline training edge fin #3 Glue drying Stand rocket on drying table Wipe away excess glue Allow to dry 9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment -Impact
5.0 Tube Marking Detail Sander 1.0 Engine Mount Assembly Take pencil 1.3.2 Mark tube 10.4.2 Tie lines together 112 27 32 22 4 2 11 18 $9.00 $35.00 $12.25 $8.00 $11.50 $7.50 $13.00 Glue Parachute 1.0 Engine Mount Assembly 1.0 Engine Mount Assembly 1.2.1 Move tube to ruler 1.3.1 Take pencil 1.3.2.1 Mark 25mm 1.4.1 Cut 3mm slit 1.7.1.1 Apply glue to one side 2.2.1 Cut cord mount along outline 2.4.1 Spread glue 2.5.3 Fold again 3.2.1 Trace fin #1 3.3.1 Cut fin #1 3.5.1 Lay sandpaper 3.6.1 Fine sand fin #1 4.2.1 Measure body tube 38 mm 4.3.1 Spread glue around body tube 5.2.1 Wrap guide around body tube 5.3.1 Mark tube for fins 5.3.3 Remove guide 5.4.1.1 Draw straight line 6.0 Fin Attachment 6.1.1 Apply to fin #1 6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1 7.1.1 Measure 41mm 7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug 8.1 Reinforce fins 9.1.1 Measure 25mm 9.2.1 Apply glue to shock cord 9.4.1 Hold mount attachment 10.1.1 Cut parachute along line 10.3.1 Attach tape rings 10.4.1 Pass shroud line through hole 12.2.1 Apply primer coat #1 12.3.1 Insert paint handle 12.4.1.1 Decal #1 12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket 12.5.4 Peel off backing >Deliverables
. ASSEMBLE ENGINE MOUNT
.0 MARK FIN AND LAUNCH LUG LINES
.0 INSERTING ENGINE MOUNT
.0 ATTACH FINS
.0 ATTACH SHOCK CORD
.0 ASSEMBLE NOSE CONE
.0 ATTACH PARACHUTE/SHOCK CORD
.0 ATTACH LAUNCH LUG
.0 PAINTING THE ROCKET
.0 APPLICATION OF DECALS
.0 APPLYING CLEAR COAT
.0 DISPLAY NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
.0 ROCKET PREFLIGHT
.0 PREPARE FOR TEST LAUNCH
, Tube, Assemble Hook
2.0 FIN PREPARATION 2.0 FIN PREPARATION 3.0 MARK FIN AND LAUNCH LUG LINES 4.0 INSERTING ENGINE MOUNT 5.0 ATTACH FINS 6.0 ATTACH SHOCK CORD 7.0 ASSEMBLE NOSE CONE 8.0 ATTACH PARACHUTE/SHOCK CORD 9.0 ATTACH LAUNCH LUG 10.0 PAINTING THE ROCKET 11.0 APPLICATION OF DECALS 12.0 APPLYING CLEAR COAT 13.0 DISPLAY NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 14.0 ROCKET PREFLIGHT 14.2 Spike 14.3 Fold 14.4 Roll 15.0 PREPARE FOR TEST LAUNCH 1.2 Cut Engine Tube 1.3.2 Position Hook per diagram 1.4 Assemble Mylar Ring to Tube 1.5 Assemble Yellow Engine Block to Engine Mount Tube 1.6 Assemble Centering Rings 1.7 Application of Glue Fillets 2.0 FIN PREPARATION 2.2 Cutting Out Fins 3.0 MARK FIN AND LAUNCH LUG LINES 3.3 Extend Launch Lug Line 4.0 INSERTING ENGINE MOUNT 4.2 Glue Tube 4.3 Assemble Engine Hook 4.4 Gluing Center Body Ring 5.0 ATTACH FINS 5.2 Attach Fin #2 5.3 Attach Fin #3 5.4 Attach Fin #4 5.5 Check Fin Alignment 5.6 Allow glue to dry 6.0 ATTACH SHOCK CORD 6.2 First Glue Application 6.3 Second Glue Application 6.5 Attaching Shock Cord Mount 7.0 ASSEMBLE NOSE CONE 8.0 ATTACH PARACHUTE/SHOCK CORD 8.2 Attach Parachute 8.3 Tie Lines 9.0 ATTACH LAUNCH LUG 9.2 Application of Glue Fillets 10.0 PAINTING THE ROCKET 10.2 Sand 10.3 Apply final coat 11.0 APPLICATION OF DECALS 11.2 Apply second decal 11.3 Apply third decal 11.4 Apply fourth decal 11.5 Apply fifth decal 11.6 Apply sixth Decal 12.0 APPLYING CLEAR COAT 13.2 Apply Glue 14.0 ROCKET PREFLIGHT 14.2 Spike 14.3 Fold 14.4 Roll 14.5 Re-insert 15.1 Insert Engine Estimate
Estimate
7 4 0 0 0 0 0 12 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 S
17 16 17 32 643 .00
.00
$40.00 $25.00 $25.00 $30.00 $425.00 40 18 19 16 33 15 12 7 6 5 3 5 5 3 20 16 20 24 1 16 8 48 35 8 8 9 8 42 32 $4,320 $4,320 0
$1,440 $5,760 $1,440 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 /
$0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $1,025 $4,320 $4,320 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $38,310 $143,530 $143,530 $143,530 $143,530 $143,530 $143,530 $143,530 Spend Plan-Baseline 95 33 95 0 138 138 211 307 0 342 30 342 0 358 108 138 44 243 307 358 196 44 3h 243 0 307 358 0 400 243 400 32h 224 240 Duration Cost Week 1 Week 2 Week 3 Week 4 Week 5 Week 6 Week 7 Week 8 Week 9 Week 10 Week 11 Week 12 Week 13 Week 14 Week 15 Week 16 $100 $25 $25 $50 $50 $100 $100 $500 $125 $125 $125 $250 $75 $75 $75 $150 $120 $100 $100 $110 $160 $125 $125 $250 $250 $5,800 $5,800 $5,000 $115 $300 $500 $500 $250 $250 $650 $650 $550 $550 $375 $375 $4,000 $2,500 $2,500 $750 $1,000 $3,000 $1,200 $300 $300 $50,000 $50,000 $2,500 $5,800 $0 $0 $375 $270 $650 $1,875 $550 $50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 Microsoft Project: * MS Project Overview We will use MS Project to accomplish these three major tasks. The project triangle * The Microsoft Project Database * Seeing the data you need * How Microsoft Project Schedules * Duration is the actual amount of time that passes before the task is done. Example * Putting it together * Create a project plan Create a new project * Enter key project information * Set up the project calendar * How do you enter and organize a task list? Enter tasks and their durations * Create a milestone * Create a recurring task * Structure tasks into a logical outline * Edit a task list * When will tasks start and finish? Establish relationships between tasks * Overlap tasks or add lag time between them * Set a specific start or finish date for a task * Add a deadline to a task * Split a task into segments * TAKE A BREAK * How do you assign resources? Create a resource list * Change the work schedule for a resource * Assign resources to tasks * Fix the duration of a task * Check and edit resource assignments * How do you enter costs? Assign costs to resources * Set fixed task costs * Define when costs accrue * See the cost of tasks or resources * See the cost of the entire project * How do you view the schedule and its details? See the entire project on the screen * Check the project’s finish or start date * Identify the critical path * Switch to a different view * See different fields in a view * Display specific information by using a filter * Sort information in a view * Group information in a view * How do you adjust your schedule? Check and adjust a task dependency * Overlap tasks * Check and adjust constraints on tasks * Make tasks shorter by adding more resources * Split a task into segments * How do you save the plan along the way? Save a baseline plan * Save an interim plan * TAKE A BREAK Track and manage progress How do you track the actual progress on tasks? Check if tasks are progressing according to plan * As you enter actuals, the top bar may move to show a departure from plan. For example, if the start date of “Inventory artifacts” moves by two days and is over half complete at 55%, the red scheduled bar extends two days beyond the lower baseline bar. Enter actual start and finish dates for a task * Enter the actual duration of a task * Update a task’s progress as a percentage * Update actual work by time period * See if tasks have more or less work than planned * Compare actual task information to the baseline * How do you track the actual work by resource? Enter the total actual work done by a resource * Update a resource’s actual work by time period * See the variance between a resource’s planned and actual work * How do you compare actual costs to budget? Enter actual task costs manually * Update actual costs by time period * See if tasks cost more or less than budgeted * See the total project costs * TAKE A BREAK Analyze costs with the Earned Value table * How do you balance a resource’s workload? Find overallocated resources and their task assignments * Reduce a resource’s work * Reassign work to another resource * Delay a task * Change a resource’s working days and hours * Communicating results How do you format the schedule to look the way you want? Use the GanttChartWizard for easy formatting * Format a category of Gantt bars * Format a category of tasks in your task list * Format text * How do you print project information? Add a title, page number, or other project information * Preview the printed schedule * Print the view that appears on the screen * Print a standard report * How do you distribute project information online? Publish information in Web format * Publish information as a graphic * Congratulations! Unit5 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 1 of 2 Assignment 2: Team Assignment
The team is almost completed with the planning phase and soon will compile all the planning
pieces into a comprehensive project plan. The team will be looking to the risk management
aspects of planning the project. How will we manage the risk that are inherent to the assembly
of our rocket? How will we manage the diverse and often conflicting agendas of our various
stakeholder?
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the risk management
aspects within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could
expect to occur between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its
assessments are directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper
classifications, critical thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
Given the information and templates provided you for the assigned rocket assembly project
(Course Resources):
Develop the risk management plan for the assigned rocket project.
Develop the stakeholder management plan for the assigned rocket project. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the Directions for Submitting your Team Assignment:
To submit your Unit 5 Team assignment, have one person designated by the team Each team member must submit a peer evaluation individually to your Unit 5 GM592 Unit 5 Team Assignment: 50 Points Possible Content (0-30 points)
1. Tool Development Risk Management Plan)
a) Risk management methodology? Defines approaches, tools, and date sources used to 15
b) Roles and responsibilities? Defines lead, support, and risk management team member c) Risk budgeting? Provides estimates for funds needed in cost baseline and sets process Unit 5 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2 of 2 d) Timing? Defines when and how often risk management processes will be performed e) Risk categories? Provides a means for grouping potential causes of risk (i.e. Risk f) Definitions of risk probability and impact? (See PMBOK, Table 11-1).
g) Probability and impact matrix for the project?
h) Revised stakeholder tolerances? Any adjustments to the stakeholders different risk i) Reporting formats? Templates for use in documenting risk process activities/analyses.
j) Tracking? Specifies documentation to be used in tracking identified risk events.
2. Tool Development (Stakeholder Management Plan)
a) Desired/current engagement levels of stakeholders?
15 b) Scope and impact of change to stakeholders?
c) Identified interrelationships and potential overlaps between stakeholders? Stakeholder d) Stakeholder communication requirements for the project?
e) Information to be distributed to stakeholders?
f) Reason for distribution of information to stakeholder and expected impact to stakeholder g) Time frame and frequency for distribution of information to stakeholders?
h) Method for updating and refining stakeholder management plan?
Analysis (11 points) 3
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences. Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on Writing (9 points) Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched, 3 Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space 3 Peer Evaluation Total 50
Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
1 of 3
Assignment 1: Individual Assignment In this Assignment, you will be assessed on the following outcome:
GM592-1: Plan scope management with associated communications.
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
Given the information provided you for your assigned rocket assembly project (See Course
Construct a fully decomposed work breakdown structure (WBS) for your assigned rocket
project.
Write your scope statement for your assigned Ansari X-Prize rocket assembly project.
You will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours to write up your 1. Go to Course Resources or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria. Using
this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. Upload your
3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follow the
stated requirements.
Directions for Submitting your Individual Assignment: To submit your Unit 1 Individual Assignment, upload both your WBS and your Scope Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2 of 3
GM592 Unit 1 Individual Assignment: 40 Points Points Points Content (0-24 points)
1. Tool Development (WBS) a) A hierarchical decomposition of the total scope of the project to be 1 2
b) Each descending level (from task to subtask to work package) c) Work packages are accurate and controllable?
d) There are no overlaps in scope definition between two activities at e) Each activity is assigned a WBS control number that uniquely identifies 2. Tool Development (Scope Statement) a) Project scope description that is in more detail from the project 12 b) Acceptance criteria specifying a set of conditions that must be met c) Project deliverables that correlate to the WBS tasks that is required to d) Project exclusion(s) that identify what is specifically excluded from the e) Is there a description of known constraints identifying factors that limit Analysis (0-12) Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g.,
3
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and Writing (0-7) Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 3 of 3
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, 2 Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a 2 Total 40
Unit3 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
1 of 3
Assignment 2: Team Assignment This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the cost baseline within
the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur
between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are
directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical
thinking, and attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
Given the information provided for your assigned rocket assembly project (See Course Develop the cost management plan for your assigned rocket assembly project. Develop the human resource management plan your assigned rocket assembly project. Develop the procurement management plan for your assigned rocket assembly project. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the
Directions for Submitting your Team Assignment:
To submit your Unit 3 Team assignment, have one person designated by the team
upload all assignment documents to the Unit 3 Assignment 2 Dropbox. Make sure that
you have saved a copy of each of the tools to submit for this assignment.
Each team member must submit a peer evaluation individually to your Unit 3
Assignment 2 Dropbox. GM592 Unit 3 Team Assignment: 50 Points
Points
Possible
Points Earned
Content (0-30 points) 1. Tool Development (Cost Management Plan) a) Units of measure. Each unit used in measurements (such as staff hours, staff days, weeks
10
b) Level of precision. The degree to which activity cost estimates will be rounded up or down c) Level of accuracy. The acceptable range (e.g., :10%) used in determining realistic activity d) Process that specifies how formal acceptances of the completed project deliverables will be e) Process to control how requests for changes to the detailed scope statement will be f) Organizational procedures links. The W BS component used for the project cost accounting is Unit 3 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
2 of 3
g) Control thresholds. Variance thresholds for monitoring cost performance may be specified to h) Rules of performance measurement. Earned value management (EVM) rules of i) Reporting formats. The formats and frequency for the various cost reports are defined.
j) Process descriptions. Descriptions of each of the other cost management processes are 2. Tool Development (Human Resource Management Plan) a) Roles and responsibilities of assigned skill sets? 10 i) Role?
ii) Authority?
iii) Responsibility?
iv) Competency?
b) Project organization charts?
c) Staffing management plan?
i) Staff acquisition?
ii) Resource calendars?
iii) Staff release plan?
iv) Training needs?
v) Recognition and rewards?
vi) Compliance?
vii) Safety?
3. Tool Development (Procurement Management Plan)
a) Procurement management approach? Identifies the necessary steps and responsibilities for b) Procurement definition? Describes, in specific terms, what items will be procured and under c) Type of contract to be used? Describes the type of contract to be used so the contracts and d) Procurement risks? Identifies any potential risks associated with procurement for the project. e) Procurement risk management? Describes how risks related specifically to procurement f) Cost determination? Describes how costs will be determined and if/how they will be used as g) Standardized procurement documentation? Describes what standard procurement h) Procurement constraints? Describes any constraints which must be considered as part of i) Contract approval process? Defines the process through which contracts must be approved.
10 Unit 3 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 3 of 3
j) Decision criteria? Defines the criteria used by the contract review board to decide on what k) Vendor management? Describes the roles and actions the project team and purchasing and l) Performance metrics for procurement activities? Describes the metrics to be used for Analysis (0-11 points)
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation). Paper 3 Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences. Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on Writing (0-9 points)
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of APA Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched,
3
Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space between. 3 Peer Evaluation
Minus points lost on Peer Evaluation (15= 0, 14= -1, 13= -2, etc.) 0
Total 50
Unit2 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 1 of 3 Assignment 2: Team Assignment
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the schedule baseline
within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to
occur between the project manager and the sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are
directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical
thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
In this Assignment, you and your team will develop a Definitive Duration Estimate and a
Schedule Management Plan for your assigned rocket project.
You and your team have received word that your company, Space Systems Technologies (SST)
does not employ the “Fitter” labor resource you will need in assembling the rocket. As a
corporate policy, this skill set is outsourced as part of an agreement with the local Fitters Union
to keep an open shop. All Fitter labor needs are required to be outsourced to the Fitters Union
Local #1234 for all new rocket assembly projects. The SST human resources department will
coordinate with the procurement office and provide the assigned rocket assembly project with
the necessary Union Fitters once they receive the estimated number of labor hours required for
this project.
Identify your group members and using the collaboration area below Unit 6 collaborate and
develop the following from your assigned Ansari “X-Prize” project entry:
Develop a Definitive Duration Estimate for your assigned rocket project down to the work
package level.
Develop a Schedule Management Plan for your assigned rocket project.
Your team will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours per group
member to write up your findings. Download the appropriate templates in Course Resources to
record the information found. Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the
appendix of your text for a similar template. The document you use must meet all criteria
specified in the grading rubric. Fill in all sections completely using your assigned assignment
scenario found in Course Resources.
1. Go to Course Resources or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria.
Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. 3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the Unit 2 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2 of 3 Directions for Submitting your Team Assignment:
To submit your Unit 2 Team assignment, have one person designated by the team upload Each team member must submit a peer evaluation individually to your Unit 2 Assignment 2 GM592 Unit 2 Team Assignment Points
Possible
Points Earned
Content (0-30 points)
1. Tool Development (Definitive Duration Estimate) 15
b) All labor skill sets accounted for with own column?
c) Levels of effort correctly entered at the work package levels?
d) Level of effort (in hours) correctly rolled-up (totaled) to each requisite sub-task level?
e) Sub-task totals correctly rolled-up (totaled) to each requisite task level?
f) Task level totals for each labor skill set totals to reflect total task labor hours?
g) Each labor skill set task totals tallied at bottom of each skill set column to reflect each skill h) All labor total hours tallied to show total labor hours for the project.
i) All labor levels of effort calculated to show total labor for each increment by task?
2. Tool Development (Schedule Management Plan)
a) Scheduling methodology/Tool to be used for project schedule specified?
15 b) Level of accuracy specified to determine activity duration estimates (round up to the next 1 c) Units of measure (hours/days/weeks/months)?
d) Organizational procedures links (WBS numbering mapped to accounting numbering e) Process identified for updating the status and recording of progress in the schedule tool f) Control thresholds specified for schedule variances between planned value and actual g) Rules for performance measures specified (SV, SPI, etc.) with definitions?
h) Reporting formats and frequency for schedule reports defined?
i) Process descriptions documented?
Analysis (0-11 points) Unit 2 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 3 of 3 Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation). Paper 3
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences. Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on Writing (0-9 points)
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of APA Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched, Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space 3 Peer Evaluation
Minus points lost on Peer Evaluation (15= 0, 14= -1, 13= -2, etc.) 0
Total 50
Unit 5 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 1 of 2 Assignment 1: Individual Assignment
In this Assignment, you will be assessed on the following outcome:
GM592-5: Plan risk management using qualitative/quantitative analysis.
All projects must consider the risks involved in conducting activities resulting in the project’s
product or service. This starts with the product description followed by the charter, the scope
statement, the cost estimates, the schedule, and the quality standards to be met. Each of these
tools identify some form of constraints that can adversely affect the project’s successful
completion.
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
project data and constraint information pertaining to the development of the risk management
aspects within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could
expect to occur between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its
assessments are directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper
classifications, critical thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
Given the information and templates provided you for the assigned rocket assembly project Conduct a qualitative risk analysis for the assigned rocket project utilizing the Probability- Conduct a quantitative risk analysis for your assigned rocket project utilizing the Decision
Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the Directions for Submitting your Individual Assignment:
To submit your Unit 5 individual assignment, upload all assignment documents to the Unit 5 Be sure to upload all deliverables into the Unit 5 Assignment 1 Dropbox.
Unit 5 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
2 of 2 GM592 Unit 5 Individual Assignment: 40 Points
Points
Possible
Points Earned
Content (0-24 points)
1. Tool Development (Qualitative Risk Analysis)
a) Identifies a minimum of five risk events having to with cost, time, scope, quality and an 1 2
b) Builds an Impact Scales Matrix to address each of the assigned project objectives c) Applies the impact scales to where the project might go to a Probability-Impact Matrix d) Identifies each risk event’s score from the P-I matrix?
e) Prioritizes five risk events from greatest threat to least threat and suggests means of 2. Tool Development (Quantitative Risk Analysis)
a) Conducts a quantitative risk analysis of the effect of one of the five identified risk 12 b) Identifies the decision to be made?
c) Establishes a minimum of two decision nodes with correct input and output?
d) Builds out chance nodes for each decision node with correct input and outputs?
e) Computes net path value correctly?
f) Finalizes conclusion(s) into a decision using either a Maxi-Min or Mini-Max decision Analysis (0-9 points) Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences. Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on Writing (0-7) points) Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched, 2 Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space 2 Total 40
Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 1 of 12 Assignment 2: Team Assignment
In this Assignment, you and your team will develop a comprehensive project plan for the
assigned rocket project.
In this Assignment, you will be assessed on the following outcome:
GM592-6: Evaluate the integration of project management plans according to industry Guide).
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and
demonstrate project data and financial information pertaining to the development of all
the aspects within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations
one could expect to occur between the project manager and their sponsor or key
stakeholders. Its assessments are directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of
information, proper classifications, critical thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and
professional acumen.
Given the information and templates provided for the assigned rocket assembly project
(located in Course Resources), develop a comprehensive project plan for the assigned
rocket project to include:
● The project scope baseline, consisting of: scope statement
o W ork Breakdown Structure (fully decomposed)
o W ork Breakdown Structure Dictionary which includes: Accounts
▪ Description of the work within each work package ▪ Schedule milestones with definition ▪ Cost estimates (down to the work package level) ▪ Technical references ● The schedule baseline, consisting of:
o Definitive duration estimate Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2 of 12 o Milestone schedule o Material and equipment forecast o Definitive cost estimate (built out of the definitive cost estimate)
o Project spend plan or budget (Planned Value) for labor, equipment, o Project baseline chart (Cumulative Cost Curve, S-Curve, etc.)
● Subsidiary management plans, consisting of: ▪ Introduction (The purpose of the scope management plan)
▪ How the detailed scope statement is prepared statement ▪ How formal acceptance of deliverables will be obtained control process
o Requirements management plan, with sections addressing the f ollowing: documented
▪ How configuration management will be conducted ▪ What metrics will be use in defining project requirements and how they ▪ Method to be used in documenting, cataloging and tracking
requirements
o Schedule management plan, with sections addressing the following:
▪ Introduction (The purpose of the schedule management plan)
▪ Project schedule type/application to be used and how it will be used ▪ Organizational link mapping (e.g. W BS used to develop the Resource ▪ Schedule maintenance (how to update the schedule, document it, and ▪ Control thresholds to identify the extent of variance from the schedule
before actions need to be taken performance formulae to be used (i.e. EVM formulae for schedule
performance) Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 3 of 12 o Cost management plan, with sections addressing the following: plan)
▪ Units of measurement to be used (dollars, euros, drachmas) estimates will be rounded up to the next hour, or next 5 hours, etc.”)
▪ Levels of accuracy (e.g., Parametric cost estimations can be accurate ▪ Organizational link mapping (e.g. Fully decomposed W BS will be used ▪ Control thresholds to identify the extent of variance from the baseline ▪ Performance measurement rules (percent complete levels, cost
performance formulae to be used (i.e., EVM formulae for cost o Quality management plan, with sections addressing the following:
▪ Introduction (The purpose of the quality management plan) documents that provide these specifications) ▪ Quality assurance (QA) (explain how to define and document the ▪ Quality control (QC) (explain how to define and document the process changes. ▪ Quality control measurements (checklists and log examples to be used o Process improvement plan, with sections addressing the following: plan) ▪ Process boundaries (description of each activity process from start to ▪ Process configuration (graphic depiction of the process flow for each
activity) towards to ensure process improvement) Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 4 of 12 o Human resource management plan, with sections addressing the ▪ Introduction (The purpose of the human resources management plan) and stakeholders must be clearly defined in any project. Depending on
the organizational structure, project team members may represent degrees of authority and responsibility. members. The purpose of this is to illustrate the responsibilities of
team members as they relate to the project tasks. Tools such as ▪ Staffing management (contains information on several areas including: for any resources with identified gaps in skills required, how o Communication management plan, with sections addressing the following: ▪ Information to be communicated ▪ Person(s) transmitting information ▪ Allocated resources for communication activities (time, cost, labor, ▪ Escalation process (for escalation of issues to included time and
management chain positions that escalation must follow) management plan
▪ Glossary of project related terminology
▪ Flow charts of the project information flow, report type examples, ▪ Organizational constraints to communication distribution (regulatory,
SOP, policy, proprietary, etc.) ▪ Introduction (The purpose of the risk management plan)
▪ Risk methodology (The approach, tools, and resources that will be Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 5 of 12 ▪ Roles and responsibilities (Defining the risk management team lead qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis, and response to risks. baseline for contingency and management reserves.)
▪ Risk timing (Specifies when risk assessments will be conducted ▪ Definitions of probability and impact (The conditions chart that defines ▪ Probability and impact (The P-I Matrix that the conditional impacts will
be measured against the probabilities of occurrence to identify the risk ▪ Revised stakeholder tolerances (Identified stakeholder tolerances to throughout the project lifecycle.) project; examples)
▪ Tracking (specifying how risks will be recorded and the tracking responded to.)
o Procurement management plan, with sections addressing the following:
▪ Introduction (The purpose of the procurement management plan) for procurement.)
▪ Risk management issues (Identified procurement risks and how they ▪ Estimates for Procurement (W hether independent estimates will be
used as evaluation criteria, i.e. Organizational contractor lists.) follow in acquiring resources to include vendor solicitation, evaluation,
down-selection, and administration.) procurement documents to be used for project procurement.)
▪ Supplier management (Specifies who is the responsible action ▪ Procurement coordinating instructions (Actins required to coordinate ▪ Procurement constraints and assumptions (all actions affecting the
conduct of the project and expectations to avoid, accept, or mitigate.) time of needs by the project.)
▪ Make-or-buy management (how make-or-buy decision will be made for Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 6 of 12 o Stakeholder management plan, with sections addressing the following: ▪ Stakeholder analysis (For primary external stakeholder who can affect ▪ Stakeholder register
▪ Stakeholder engagement levels primary stakeholder.)
▪ Stakeholder communications requirements can be used.)
Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows Directions for Submitting your Team Assignment:
● To submit your Unit 6 Team assignment, have one person designated by the
team upload all assignment documents to the Unit 6 Assignment 2 Dropbox. ● Each team member must submit a peer evaluation individually to your Unit 6 GM592 Unit 6 Team Assignment: 210 Points
Points
Possible
Points Earned
Content (0-140 points)
1. Project Scope Baseline
a) Project scope statement
10
b) W ork Breakdown Structure (fully decomposed)
c) W ork Breakdown Structure Dictionary
2. Project Schedule Baseline
a) Definitive duration estimate
10
b) Gantt schedule with critical path
c) Milestone chart
d) Resource schedule Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 7 of 12 e) Material and equipment forecast 3. Project Cost Baseline
a) Definitive cost estimate
10 b) Project spend plan
c) Project baseline graph with EAC identified
4. Scope Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the scope management plan)
10 b) How the detailed scope statement is prepared
c) How the decomposed W BS is developed from the detail
scope statement d) How the W BS will be maintained and validated
e) How formal acceptance of deliverables will be obtained
f) How changes to the scope will be controlled through the 5. Requirements Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the requirements management
plan) b) How requirements activities are to be planned, tracked, and
documented c) How configuration management will be conducted
d) How requirements will be prioritized
e) W hat metrics will be used in defining project requirements f) Method to be used in documenting, cataloging and tracking
requirements 6. Schedule Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the schedule management plan)
10 b) Project schedule type/application to be used and how it will c) Level of accuracy that the schedule will depict
d) Units of measure to be used (hours, days, weeks, etc.)
e) Organizational link mapping (e.g. W BS used to develop the f) Schedule maintenance (how to update the schedule,
document it, and when to update it)
g) Control thresholds to identify the extent of variance from the Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 8 of 12 h) Performance measurement rules (percent complete levels,
schedule performance formulae to be used (i.e. EVM i) Report formats
7. Cost Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the cost management plan)
10 b) Units of measurement to be used (dollars, euros, drachmas)
c) Levels of precision (degree of estimation rounding such as d) Levels of accuracy (e.g., Parametric cost estimations can be 5% of final EAC.) will be used along with the definitive duration estimate to
develop the definitive cost estimate.) baseline costs before actions need to be taken (i.e., Project
costs not to exceed +10% to – 5% of EAC for any given g) Performance measurement rules (percent complete levels,
cost performance formulae to be used (i.e., EVM formulae for 8. Quality Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the quality management plan)
10 b) Quality management methodology (Describes the approach c) Quality requirements/standards (reference any specifications d) Product/Service quality
e) Process quality
f) Quality assurance (QA) (explain how to define and document during the process.) process for monitoring and recording the results of activities changes. Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 9 of 12 h) Quality control measurements (checklists and log examples them against standards/requirements.)
9. Process Improvement Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the process improvement 10 b) Process boundaries (description of each activity process
from start to finish, process owner, stakeholders for the c) Process configuration (graphic depiction of the process flow
for each activity)
d) Process metrics (control limits, variances, out-of-bounds e) Improved performance targets (performance measures to
work towards to ensure process improvement)
10. Human Resource Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the human resources 10 b) Roles and responsibilities (Roles and responsibilities of team
members and stakeholders must be clearly defined in any groups/departments and act in the interest of different c) Organizational charts (graphic displays of the project tasks tasks. Tools such as responsible, accountable, consult, the project team. ) including: when and how human resource requirements will
be acquired, the timeline for when resources are needed and performed, and the rewards and recognition system to be 11. Communications Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the communications
management plan) 10 b) Stakeholder communications requirements Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 10 of 12 c) Information to be communicated d) Reason for information distribution
e) Time frame for information distribution
f) Person(s) transmitting information
g) Person(s) to receive information
h) Mode of information transmittal
i) Allocated resources for communication activities (time, cost, j) Escalation process (for escalation of issues to include time k) Method to update and refine the communication
management plan l) Glossary of project related terminology
m) Flow charts of the project information flow, report type n) Organizational constraints to communication distribution
(regulatory, SOP, policy, proprietary, etc.)
12. Risk Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the risk management plan)
10 b) Risk methodology (The approach, tools, and resources that
will be used in conducting risk management) team lead and team members with their responsibilities in
risk even identification, qualitative analysis, quantitative d) Risk budgeting (W hat funds will be needed to be included in
the cost baseline for contingency and management e) Risk timing (Specifies when risk assessments will be
conducted throughout the project lifecycle and what points f) Definitions of probability and impact (The conditions chart that g) Probability and impact (The P-I Matrix that the conditional occurrence to identify the risk score) tolerances to risk that will continue to be revised with each
risk assessment throughout the project lifecycle.) the project; examples) Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 11 of 12 j) Tracking (specifying how risks will be recorded and the responded to.) 13. Procurement Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the procurement management 10 b) Contract Types (W hat types of contracts are to be used on c) Risk management issues (Identified procurement risks and d) Estimates for Procurement (W hether independent estimates e) Methodology (The process that all project procurement f) Standardize procurement documents (a listing or facsimiles of
required procurement documents to be used for project g) Supplier management (Specifies who is the responsible
action person(s) for managing multiple suppliers, vendors, h) Procurement coordinating instructions (Actins required to
coordinate procurement activities with scheduled on site i) Procurement constraints and assumptions (all actions
affecting the conduct of the project and expectations to avoid, j) Lead times (Identification of lead times to have acquisitions on
site at time of needs by the project.) made for all scheduled procurement needs.)
14. Stakeholder Management Plan
a) Introduction (The purpose of the stakeholder management 10 b) Stakeholder analysis (For primary external stakeholder who c) Stakeholder register
d) Stakeholder engagement levels
e) Stakeholder changer (The scope and impact to the change of f) Stakeholder communications requirements Unit 6 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 12 of 12 g) Information distribution (A communications planner for Analysis (36 points)
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and
analysis (e.g., evaluation). Paper shows original thought. 12
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, 12 Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions 12 Writing (34 points)
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error 12 Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read),
accurate, (no far-fetched, unsupported comments), precise (say 11
Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced
with a double space between. Project is free of serious errors; 11 Peer Evaluation
Minus points lost on Peer Evaluation (15= 0, 14= -1, 13= -2,
etc.) Total 210
Unit4 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 1 of 2 Assignment 2: Team Assignment
Conducting qualitative and quantitative quality analysis is just one part of the project’s quality
aspect. Now your team must apply this information to develop the team’s approach to quality
management. How will you conduct quality management? How will you apply quality
assurance in your activity processes? How will you conduct quality control to ensure defects are
remediated? Then what continuous process improvement will be initiated to ensure the project
processes continue to adhere to the specific quality standards?
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your team’s ability to research, organize, and
demonstrate project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the quality
management aspects within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual
situations one could expect to occur between the project manager and their sponsor or key
stakeholders. Its assessments are directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of
information, proper classifications, critical thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and
professional acumen.
Given the information and templates provided you for the assigned rocket assembly project
(Course Resources):
Develop the quality management plan for the assigned rocket project.
Develop the process improvement management plan for the assigned rocket project. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the
Directions for Submitting your Team Assignment:
To submit your Unit 4 Team assignment, have one person designated by the team upload Each team member must submit a peer evaluation individually to your Unit 4 Assignment 2 GM592 Unit 4 Team Assignment Points
Possible
Points Earned
Content (0-30 points)
1. Tool Development (Quality Management Plan)
a) Quality assurance processes. Specifies how the quality assurance processes should be 15
b) Quality control procedures. Describe how the project team will define and document the c) Quality thresholds. Defines the criteria for the effective execution of key project activities, Unit 4 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2 of 2 d) Management responsibilities. Defines quality management responsibilities for the project
e) Checklists and templates. Identifies or includes any checklists or templates that should f) Project quality audit process.
Identifies all good and best practices being implemented;
Identifies all nonconformity, gaps, and shortcomings;
Shares good practices introduced or implemented in similar projects in the Proactively offers assistance in a positive manner to improve implementation of Highlights contributions of each audit in the lessons learned repository of the 2. Tool Development (Process Improvement Management Plan)
a) Details the steps tor analyzing project management and product development processes 15
Analysis (0-11 points) 3
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences. Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on Writing (0-9 points) Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched, 3 Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space 3 Peer Evaluation Total 50
>Hi Lvl . & Dry
.0
.0
Measure body tube Apply glue .0
Assembly
.0
.0
Engine Mount Assembly Marking mount mm
mm
Cutting mount Inserting hook Testing adapter ring Shock Cord Mount Assembly Cut cord mount Crease assembly Glue mount assembly Fold mount assembly Clamp mount assembly Allow to dry Select fin pattern Trace fin patterns Trace fin #2 Save scrap Course sand fins Fine sand fins Engine Mount Installation Measure body tube mm
Spread glue Insert engine mount Tube Marking Detail Wrap guide Mark tube Draw fin markings mm
Draw straight line Draw straight line mm
Fin Attachment Apply second layer glue Set aside to dry Launch Lug Attachment mm
Glue lug attachment Dry lug attachment Allow to dry Stand rocket on drying table Allow to dry Apply glue Set mount Set glue Allow to dry Cut out parachute Tape removal Tape attachment Shroud line assembly Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone Parachute pass throough Line tightening Shock cord tie down Finishing Rocket Prime rocket Paint rocket Allow to dry Decal #1 Decal #1 Decal #1 WBS Engine Mount Assembly Locate light blue engine mount tube Locate engine hook Locate green adapter ring Move tube to ruler Align with zero mark Take pencil Mark tube Cut 3mm slit Inserting hook Insert hook Extend hook Testing adapter ring Slide ring into front of engine tube Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark Glue & Dry Apply glue Apply glue to one side Apply glue to other side Dry glue Set assembly aside Allow to dry Locate cord mount on pattern sheet Cut cord mount along outline Fold on dotted lines Crease on dotted lines Spread glue Lay end of shock cord in glue Fold section 1 Apply glue section 3 Fold again Clamp assembly Allow to dry 3.1 Select fin pattern Select fin pattern Cut fin pattern from sheet Trace fin #2 Match fin #2 Trace fin #2 Match fin #2 Cut fin #1 Chect fin #1 Cut fin #2 Chect fin #2 Cut fin #3 Chect fin #3 Set aside piece scrap basa wood Lay sandpaper Stack fins Sand fins Fine sand fin #1 Round leading edge fin #1 Round trailing edge fin #1 Streamline training edge fin #1 Fine sand fin #2 Round leading edge fin #2 Round trailing edge fin #2 Streamline training edge fin #2 Fine sand fin #3 Round leading edge fin #3 Round trailing edge fin #3 Streamline training edge fin #3 Locate body tube Spread glue around body tube Insert engine mount assembly into body tube Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet Cut guide alone outline Wrap guide around body tube Tape guide to body tube Mark tube for fins Mark tube for fin #1 Mark tube for fin #2 Mark tube for fin #3 Write LL on body tube Remove guide Fin #1 Draw straight line Extend line 76mm Fin #2 Draw straight line Extend line 76mm Fin #3 Draw straight line Extend line 76mm Draw launch lug line Allow fin #2 to dry Apply to fin #3 Allow fin #3 to dry Apply more glue to Fin #2 Set fin #2 Press fin #2 Apply more glue to Fin #3 Set fin #3 Press fin #3 Attach fin #2 Adjust fin #3 Attach fin #3 Stand rocket on drying table Allow fins to dry Ensure launch lug alignment Allow to dry Glue Reinforcement Reinforce fin fin #1 Reinforce fin fin #2 Reinforce fin fin #3 Reinforch side 1 Reinforce side 2 Allow to dry Shock Cord Mount Attachment 9.1 Measure body tube Measure 25mm 9.2 Apply glue Apply glue to shock cord Insert cord into tube Set mount 25mm Press mount into glue Hold mount attachment Allow to dry Parachute Assembly Cut parachute along line Remove tape Fold shroud lines Cut shroud lines Attach tape rings Attach tape ring #1 Attach tape ring #2 Attach tape ring #3 Attach tape ring #4 Attach tape ring #5 Attach tape ring #6 Press tape tape rings into place Press tape tape rings into place #1 Press tape tape rings into place #2 Press tape tape rings into place #3 Press tape tape rings into place #4 Press tape tape rings into place #5 Press tape tape rings into place #6 Punch tape ring holes Punch tape ring holes #1 Punch tape ring holes #2 Punch tape ring holes #3 Punch tape ring holes #4 Punch tape ring holes #5 Punch tape ring holes #6 Pass shroud line through hole Tie lines together Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone Thread shroud lines Pass parachute through loop Line tightening Pull lines tight Shock cord tie down Tie down shock cord free end Finishing Rocket Check to ensure glue joint are dry Apply primer coat #1 Sand rocket body #1 Apply primer coat #2 Sand rocket body #2 Insert paint handle Apply paint to rocket Allow to dry Cut decals Decal #1 Decal #2 Decal #3 Decal #4 Decal #5 Decal #6 Decal #7 Decal #8 Decal #9 Decal #10 Decal #11 Decal #12 Decal #13 Dip in water Decal #1 Decal #2 Decal #3 Decal #4 Decal #5 Decal #6 Decal #7 Decal #8 Decal #9 Decal #10 Decal #11 Decal #12 Decal #13 Slip decals Decal #1 Decal #2 Decal #3 Decal #4 Decal #5 Decal #6 Decal #7 Decal #8 Decal #9 Decal #10 Decal #11 Decal #12 Decal #13 Blot decals Decal #1 Decal #2 Decal #3 Decal #4 Decal #5 Decal #6 Decal #7 Decal #8 Decal #9 Decal #10 Decal #11 Decal #12 Decal #13 Dry decals Allow to dry overnight Apply clear spray to decals Cut away backing Align decal Peel off backing Smooth decal Parachute Assembly 25 38 41 64 76 102 1.0 Engine Mount Assembly Est
Mark 25mm Mark 64 mm Apply glue to one side Apply glue to other side Set assembly aside Allow to dry Round leading edge fin #1 Round trailing edge fin #1 Streamline training edge fin #1 Round leading edge fin #2 Round trailing edge fin #2 Streamline training edge fin #2 Round leading edge fin #3 Round trailing edge fin #3 Streamline training edge fin #3 Glue drying Stand rocket on drying table Wipe away excess glue Allow to dry 9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment -Impact
5.0 Tube Marking Detail Sander 1.0 Engine Mount Assembly Take pencil 1.3.2 Mark tube 10.4.2 Tie lines together 112 27 32 22 4 2 11 18 $9.00 $35.00 $12.25 $8.00 $11.50 $7.50 $13.00 Glue Parachute 1.0 Engine Mount Assembly 1.0 Engine Mount Assembly 1.2.1 Move tube to ruler 1.3.1 Take pencil 1.3.2.1 Mark 25mm 1.4.1 Cut 3mm slit 1.7.1.1 Apply glue to one side 2.2.1 Cut cord mount along outline 2.4.1 Spread glue 2.5.3 Fold again 3.2.1 Trace fin #1 3.3.1 Cut fin #1 3.5.1 Lay sandpaper 3.6.1 Fine sand fin #1 4.2.1 Measure body tube 38 mm 4.3.1 Spread glue around body tube 5.2.1 Wrap guide around body tube 5.3.1 Mark tube for fins 5.3.3 Remove guide 5.4.1.1 Draw straight line 6.0 Fin Attachment 6.1.1 Apply to fin #1 6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1 7.1.1 Measure 41mm 7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug 8.1 Reinforce fins 9.1.1 Measure 25mm 9.2.1 Apply glue to shock cord 9.4.1 Hold mount attachment 10.1.1 Cut parachute along line 10.3.1 Attach tape rings 10.4.1 Pass shroud line through hole 12.2.1 Apply primer coat #1 12.3.1 Insert paint handle 12.4.1.1 Decal #1 12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket 12.5.4 Peel off backing Unit 4 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
1 of 2 Assignment 1: Individual Assignment
In this Assignment, you will be assessed on the following outcome:
GM592-4: Plan quality management using qualitative/qualitative analysis.
Your team has now completed the scope, time, and costing aspects in planning the rocket
assembly project. You are now considering the quality aspect of the project. This Assignment is
designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate project data and
financial information pertaining to the qualitative and quantitative analysis of quality
management within the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one
could expect to occur between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its
assessments are directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper
classifications, critical thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
Given the information and templates provided you for the assigned rocket assembly project
(See Course Resources):
Conduct a qualitative analysis for the assigned rocket project utilizing the Ishikawa Conduct a quantitative analysis for the assigned rocket project utilizing the Pareto Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the Directions for Submitting your Individual Assignment:
To submit your Unit 4 individual assignment, upload all assignment documents to the Unit 4 Be sure to upload all deliverables into the Unit 4 Assignment 1 Dropbox.
GM592 Unit 4 Individual Assignment: 40 Points Possible Content (0-24 points)
1. Tool Development (Ishikaw a Analysis)
a) Identifies the problem.
1 2
b) Draws the problem and prime arrow.
c) Identifies defect categories and causes then list causes under each problem/defect d) Identifies action(s) to correct problem. Unit 4 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2 of 2 2. Tool Development (Pareto Analysis)
a) Sets up data from the number of causes by category
12 b) Sorts data by the largest cause category to the smallest cause category by amount of c) Uses the SUM() function to add Amount range.
d) Creates a Cumulative Amount column.
e) Fills-in the rest of the columns.
f) Creates a Cumulative Percent column.
g) Identifies the vital few contributors that account for most quality problems in any Analysis (9 points) Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences. Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on Writing (7 points) Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched, 2 Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space 2 Total 40
Unit1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 1of 3 Assignment 2: Team Assignment
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the quality aspects within
the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur
between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are
directed toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical
thinking, attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
It’s now been a week into the planning of your team’s rocket assembly project. You are in the
process of pulling together the Scope Management Plan, the fully decomposed WBS,
populating the Requirements Traceability Matrix, the Scope Statement, and the Communication
Management Plan.
Identify your group members and using the Team Area below Unit 6 collaborate and develop
the following from your assigned Ansari “X-Prize” project entry:
Write your assigned rocket assembly project scope management plan.
Develop your requirements traceability matrix with ID numbers correlating to your WBS
numbering.
Write your assigned rocket assembly project communications management plan.
Your team will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours per group
member to write up your findings. Download the appropriate templates in Course Resources to
record the information found. Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the
appendix of your text for a similar template. The document you use must meet all criteria
specified in the grading rubric. Fill in all sections completely using your assigned assignment
scenario found in Course Resources.
1. Go to Course Resources or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria.
Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. 3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows the Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2of 3 Directions for Submitting your Team Assignment:
To submit your Unit 1 Team Assignment, have one person designated by the team upload Each team member must submit a peer evaluation individually to your Unit 1 Assignment 2 GM592 Unit 1 Team Assignment: 50 Points
Points
Possible
Points Earned
Content (0-30 points)
1. Tool Development (Scope Management Plan)
a) Process for preparing a detailed scope statement?
10
b) Process that enables the creation of the WBS from the detailed scope statement?
c) Process that establishes how the WBS will be maintained and approved?
d) Process that specifies how formal acceptances of the completed project deliverables will e) Process to control how requests for changes to the detailed scope statement will be 2. Tool Development (Requirements Traceability Matrix)
a) Business needs, opportunities, goals, and objectives?
10 b) Project objectives?
c) Project scope/WBS deliverables?
d) Product design?
e) Product development?
f) Test cases?
g) Unique identifier (WBS number, ID, Associate ID, etc.)
3. Tool Development (Communications Management Plan)
a) Stakeholder communications requirements?
10 b) Information to be communicated (language, format, content, and level of detail)?
c) Reason for distribution of information?
d) Time frame and frequency for distribution of required information?
e) Person responsible for communicating information?
f) Person/Group(s) who will receive information?
g) Methods or technologies used to convey information (memos, email, fax, press release, Unit 1 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 3of 3 h) Escalation process with time frames and management chain for escalation of issues not i) Method for updating and refining the communications management plan as project j) Glossary of common project related terminology (minimum 20 terms)?
k) Flow charts of the information flow in project?
l) Communication constraints (regulations, codes, technologies, organizational policies, Analysis (0-11 points) 3
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences. Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on Writing (0-9 points) Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched, 3 Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space 3 Peer Evaluation (0,-1:-15 points) Total 50
TheWBS is a task-oriented family tree or outline that organizes, defines, and graphically
displays the project. It is used as a tool to communicate the details of the project. The WBS
serves as the basis for the project schedule and a number of other essential project elements. The
different levels of the WBS are usually broken into:
1 Program 1.1.1. Task 1.1.1.1.1. Work Package 1.1.2.1. Subtask 1.1.2.2. Subtask Or,
Budget BCWS or, PV Actual Cost AC WP or, AC Earned Value BCWP or, EV SV = BCWP – BCWS CV = BCWP – ACWP Date Cost EAC Time S – Curves Unit 3 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
1 of 2 Assignment 1: Individual Assignment
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate
project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the feasibility study within
the project planning phase.
In this Assignment, you will be assessed on the following outcome:
GM592-3: Plan cost management with associated resources.
You are now in the third week of planning your rocket assembly project. Planning is moving right
along. You are in the process of pulling together the Cost Management Plan, your definitive cost
estimate, the project spend plan and baseline, your human resource management plan, and
your procurement management plan.
Given the information provided you for your assigned rocket assembly project (See Course
Resources):
Construct a definitive cost estimate based on your definitive duration estimate for your
assigned rocket assembly project.
Build a project spend plan with a graph of your cost baseline (Cumulative or S-Curve)
with your EAC identified for your assigned rocket assembly project.
Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric below and follows Directions for Submitting your Individual Assignment:
To submit your Unit 3 individual assignment, upload all assignment documents to the
Unit 3 Assignment 1 Dropbox. Make sure that you have saved a copy of each of the
tools to submit for this assignment.
Be sure to upload all deliverables into the Unit 3 Assignment 1 Dropbox.
GM592 Unit 3 Individual Assignment: 40 Points Possible Content (0-24 points)
1. Tool Development (Definitive Cost Estimate)
a) Durations reflect task totals that match with deliverables?
1 2
b) Sub-task totals properly calculated and rolled up?
c) Work packages are accurate and controllable?
d) W ork packages total to sub-tasks correctly? Unit 3 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2 of 2 e) Levels of effort reflect activity effort correctly?
f) Skill-sets totaled correctly?
g) Skill-set costs reflect rates and hour totals?
h) Duration total matches the total of all skill-sets?
2. Tool Development (Spend Plan w ith Baseline)
a) Reflects schedule planning increments (day/week/month)?
12 b) Incremental costs reflect labor/equipment/material costs (not counting indirect costs) c) Cumulative costs are depiction of total project costs?
d) Cumulative cost curve graph (S-curve graph)?
e) Cost baseline (S-Curve) based on total project cost?
f) Estimate at Completion (EAC) depicted on cost baseline graph?
Analysis (9 points) Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and inferences. Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and assessment based on Writing (7 points) Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no far-fetched, 2 Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a double space 2 Total 40
Unit 2 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan]
1 of 3 Assignment 1: Individual Assignment In this Assignment, you will be assessed on the following outcome: GM592-2: Plan schedule management with associated resources.
This Assignment is designed to evaluate your ability to research, organize, and demonstrate project
data and financial information pertaining to the development of the feasibility study within the project detail, explanations, and professional acumen. Given the information provided you for your assigned rocket assembly project (See Course
Resources): Construct a Resource Allocation Matrix for the labor, equipment and material allocated to Construct a Gantt schedule based on the WBS activities at the task level with associated Construct a project Network Diagram for your assigned rocket project. You will need an evening for data collection. This will require about two hours to write up your
findings. Download the appropriate templates in Course Resources to record the information found.
Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the appendix of your text for a similar
template. The document you use must meet all criteria specified in the grading rubric. Fill in all
sections completely using your assigned assignment scenario found in Course Resources.
1. Go to Course Resources or locate an appropriate template from the internet that meets the rubric there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but required in the Dropbox.
2. Go to the internet and find a product description template that meets the rubric criteria. Using this
worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. Upload this charter
to the designated team members’ Dropbox. 3. Ensure that your project documents address the criteria of the rubric and follow the stated
requirements. Unit 2 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 2 of 3 Directions for Submitting your Individual Assignment:
To submit your Unit 2 individual assignment, upload all assignment documents to the Unit 2 this assignment.
You have three deliverables. Be sure to upload all deliverables into the Unit 2 Assignment 1
Dropbox. GM592 Unit 2 Individual Assignment Points
Possible
Points Earned
Content (0-24 points) 1. Tool Development (Resource Allocation Matrix)
a) Contains all project WBS tasks?
8
b) Contains all requisite/identified labor resources?
c) Identifies method of cross-impacting labor resources to project WBS 2. Tool Development (Gantt schedule)
a) All WBS tasks depicted?
8 c) Schedule relationships specified using Critical Path Method (CPM)
d) Critical path correctly identified according to CPM?
3. Tool Development (Network Diagram)
a) Utilizes activity-on-node format?
8 b) Project divided into all task level activities with task number, task
name, and predecessors identified?
c) Task level activities correctly sequenced according to precedence
(reflects Gantt schedule)?
d) Critical path correctly identified according to CPM? e) Durations for all activities correctly entered (same as Gantt durations)?
f) Forward pass correctly performed?
g) Backward pass correctly performed?
h) Float correctly calculated?
i) Minimum project duration same as reflected on Gantt schedule?
Analysis (0-9 points)
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., 3
Analysis includes proper classifications, explanations, comparisons and Critical thinking includes appropriate judgments, conclusions and Writing (0-7 points) Unit 2 [GM592: Project Planning and the Project Plan] 3 of 3 Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. 3 Appropriate to the assignment, fresh (interesting to read), accurate, (no
far-fetched, unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and 2
Project is in 12-point font. Narrative sections are double-spaced with a punctuation, and spelling help to clarify the meaning by following 2 Total 40
Microsoft Project: * MS Project Overview We will use MS Project to accomplish these three major tasks. The project triangle * The Microsoft Project Database * Seeing the data you need * How Microsoft Project Schedules * Duration is the actual amount of time that passes before the task is done. Example * Putting it together * Create a project plan Create a new project * Enter key project information * Set up the project calendar * How do you enter and organize a task list? Enter tasks and their durations * Create a milestone * Create a recurring task * Structure tasks into a logical outline * Edit a task list * When will tasks start and finish? Establish relationships between tasks * Overlap tasks or add lag time between them * Set a specific start or finish date for a task * Add a deadline to a task * Split a task into segments * TAKE A BREAK * How do you assign resources? Create a resource list * Change the work schedule for a resource * Assign resources to tasks * Fix the duration of a task * Check and edit resource assignments * How do you enter costs? Assign costs to resources * Set fixed task costs * Define when costs accrue * See the cost of tasks or resources * See the cost of the entire project * How do you view the schedule and its details? See the entire project on the screen * Check the project’s finish or start date * Identify the critical path * Switch to a different view * See different fields in a view * Display specific information by using a filter * Sort information in a view * Group information in a view * How do you adjust your schedule? Check and adjust a task dependency * Overlap tasks * Check and adjust constraints on tasks * Make tasks shorter by adding more resources * Split a task into segments * How do you save the plan along the way? Save a baseline plan * Save an interim plan * TAKE A BREAK Track and manage progress How do you track the actual progress on tasks? Check if tasks are progressing according to plan * As you enter actuals, the top bar may move to show a departure from plan. For example, if the start date of “Inventory artifacts” moves by two days and is over half complete at 55%, the red scheduled bar extends two days beyond the lower baseline bar. Enter actual start and finish dates for a task * Enter the actual duration of a task * Update a task’s progress as a percentage * Update actual work by time period * See if tasks have more or less work than planned * Compare actual task information to the baseline * How do you track the actual work by resource? Enter the total actual work done by a resource * Update a resource’s actual work by time period * See the variance between a resource’s planned and actual work * How do you compare actual costs to budget? Enter actual task costs manually * Update actual costs by time period * See if tasks cost more or less than budgeted * See the total project costs * TAKE A BREAK Analyze costs with the Earned Value table * How do you balance a resource’s workload? Find overallocated resources and their task assignments * Reduce a resource’s work * Reassign work to another resource * Delay a task * Change a resource’s working days and hours * Communicating results How do you format the schedule to look the way you want? Use the GanttChartWizard for easy formatting * Format a category of Gantt bars * Format a category of tasks in your task list * Format text * How do you print project information? Add a title, page number, or other project information * Preview the printed schedule * Print the view that appears on the screen * Print a standard report * How do you distribute project information online? Publish information in Web format * Publish information as a graphic * Congratulations! Communications Management in Scrum Projects
Vered Holzmann and Ilanit Panizel 1. Introduction 70 ‘s by Winston Royce 67 mailto:veredhz@hit.ac.il mailto:ilanit.panizel@gmail.com The current study aims to explore the relationship between the project management‐customer’s 2. Project communications management Sender ReceiverEncoding Decoding
Channel
Feedback Figure 1: Basic communication model
The elements presented in the model include: sender/receiver, message, channel, encoding/decoding, 68 and found that leadership depends on media richness, where richer communication takes less time and 3. Agile project communications 1. Customer satisfaction by rapid delivery of useful software Figure 2: The 12 principles of the agile manifesto
These principles direct the agile project team to work with the understanding that customer satisfaction is the 69 impediments interfere in your work and limit you from meeting your commitments? This meeting is Figure 3: The Scrum Skeleton (Rossberg, 2008)
The Scrum Team usually includes 5 to 9 members from various professions. In order to complete all the 4. The study method There is a positive correlation between the communications with the project’s customer and the project There is a positive correlation between the communication richness and the project success.
The data was collected by an Internet anonymous questionnaire, which was sent to 100 professionals. The 70 Table 1: The research questionnaire
Section A: Communication characteristics
Do Not Totally 1 2 3 4 5 6 stakeholders can read it. 2 The customer is updated with all relevant project’s aspects phone conversations 15 The customer provides ongoing feedback throughout the project progress 18 The customer approves acceptance of version before a new
Section B: Project Success
Do Not Totally 1 2 3 4 5 6
Section C: Project Characteristics
Number of team members: 1-5 / 6-10 / 11-30 / 30-50 / over 50 product with existing platform / develop a new product new Development model: XP / Scrum / Spiral / Prototype / other Your position in the project: Project Manager / Project Officer / Product Owner / Scrum
Master 71 The questionnaire was validated by two professional experts and two academic researchers who evaluated the Table 2: Inter‐judge questionnaire assessment
Judge Average Relevance Average Explicity 1 5.59 4.42 The questionnaire’s reliability was tested by Alpha Cronbach. The overall questionnaire reliability coefficient is 5. Research findings and results Figure 4: Respondents’ distribution by position and project duation
The above data reveals that 50% (28) of the respondents represent relatively long period scrum projects of 1‐2 Table 3: Project communication and project success
Project **Project Pearson .564
Sig. (2-tailed) .000 **Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2‐tailed).
72 Table 5: Face‐to‐face communication and project success
Project Face-to-face Pearson Correlation .603** **Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2‐tailed). Table 6: Face‐to‐face communication and project schedule, budget and scope
The project The project The project Face-to-face .517** .233 .278*
Sig. (2-tailed) .000 .084 .038 The results reveal that there is a positive correlation between project communication and project success, and 6. Discussion and conclusions References
Andersen, E, Birchall, D., Jessen, S. & Money, A. (2006) Exploring project success. Baltic Journal of Management, 1(2), 127‐ Bland, J.M., & Altman, D.G. (1997) Statistics Notes: Cronbach’s Alpha. BMJ 1997; V.314:572
73 Chomeya, R. (2010) Quality of psychology test between Likert scale 5 and 6 points. Journal of Social Science, 6(3):399‐403. Software, 81(6), 961‐971. Press, New York, NY. Education and Training, 24th IEEE‐CS Conference 22‐24 May 2011, 482‐486. Plano, Texas. Computers in Human Behavior, 26(5), 1098–1110. NJ. Executive, 2(3), 225‐232. http://oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/communication International Journal of Conflict Management, 11(2), 162‐187. NY. 2007:188‐193, August 13‐17 and Software, 8(6), 961–971. 1–9.
74 http://oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/communication Copyright of Proceedings of the European Conference on Information Management &
2
WBS
WBS #
TASKS
1
0
Engine Mount Assembly
1.1
Locate engine mount parts
1.2
Laying mout to ruler
1.
3
Marking mount
1.
4
Cutting mount
1.
5
Inserting hook
1.
6
Testing adapter ring
1.
7
Glue
2.0
Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1
Locate cord mount parts
2.2
Cut cord mount
2.3
Crease assembly
2.4
Glue mount assembly
2.5
Fold mount assembly
2.6
Clamp mount assembly
3.0
Fin Preparation
3.1
Select fin pattern
3.2
Trace fin patterns
3.3
Cut fin patterns
3.4
Save scrap
3.5
Course sand fins
3.6
Fine sand fins
4.0
Engine Mount Installation
4.1
Locate body tube
4.2
Measure body tube
4.3
Spread glue
4.4
Insert engine mount
5.0
Tube Marking Detail
5.1
Locate tube marking guide
5.2
Wrap guide
5.3
Mark tube
5.4
Draw fin markings
6.0
Fin Attachment
6.1
Apply glue
6.2
Apply second layer glue
6.3
Adjust fin
6.4
Set aside to dry
7.0
Launch Lug Attachment
7.1
Measure lug attachement
7.2
Glue lug attachment
7.3
Dry lug attachment
8
Glue Reinforcement
8.1
Reinforce fins
8.2
Glue dry
9
Shock Cord Mount Attachment
9.1
9.2
9.3
Set mount
9.4
Set glue
10
Parachute
10.1
Cut out parachute
10.2
Tape removal
10.3
Tape attachment
10.4
Shroud line assembly
10.5
Shroud line attachment
11
Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
11.1
Shroud line threading
11.2
Parachute pass throough
1
1.3
Line tightening
1
1.4
Shock cord tie down
12
Finishing Rocket
12.1
Verify dryness
12.2
Prime rocket
12.3
Paint rocket
12.4
Decal rocket
12.5
Decal qualitry assurance
12.6
Large decals
Activity List
DELIVERABLES & TASKS
ACTIVITIES
Locate engine mount parts
Locate light blue engine mount tube
Locate engine hook
Locate green adapter ring
Laying mount to ruler
Move tube to ruler
Align with zero mark
Take pencil
Mark tube
Mark
25
Mark
64
Cut 3mm slit
Insert hook
Extend hook
Slide ring into front of engine tube
Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark
Glue & Dry
Apply glue
Apply glue to one side
Apply glue to other side
Dry glue
Set assembly aside
Allow to dry
Locate cord mount parts
Locate cord mount on pattern sheet
Cut cord mount along outline
Fold on dotted lines
Crease on dotted lines
Spread glue
Lay end of shock cord in glue
Fold section 1
Apply glue section 3
Fold again
Clamp assembly
Fin Preparation
Select fin pattern
Cut fin pattern from sheet
Trace fin #1
Match fin #1
Trace fin #2
Match fin #2
Match fin #2
Cut fin patterns
Cut fin #1
Chect fin #1
Cut fin #2
Chect fin #2
Cut fin #3
Chect fin #3
Set aside piece scrap basa wood
Lay sandpaper
Stack fins
Sand fins
Fine sand fin #1
Round leading edge fin #1
Round trailing edge fin #1
Streamline training edge fin #1
Fine sand fin #2
Round leading edge fin #2
Round trailing edge fin #2
Streamline training edge fin #2
Fine sand fin #3
Round leading edge fin #3
Round trailing edge fin #3
Streamline training edge fin #3
Locate body tube Locate body tube
Measure body tube
38
Spread glue around body tube
Insert engine mount assembly into body tube
Locate tube marking guide
Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet
Cut guide alone outline
Wrap guide around body tube
Tape guide to body tube
Mark tube for fins
Mark tube for fin #1
Mark tube for fin #2
Mark tube for fin #3
Write LL on body tube
Remove guide
Fin #1
Draw straight line
Extend line
76
Fin #2
Extend line 76mm
Fin #3
Extend line 76mm
Draw launch lug line
Draw line
102
Apply glue to root edges of fins
Apply to fin #1
Allow fin #1 to dry
Apply to fin #2
Allow fin #2 to dry
Apply to fin #3
Allow fin #3 to dry
Apply more glue to Fin #1
Set fin #1
Press fin #1
Apply more glue to Fin #2
Set fin #2
Press fin #2
Apply more glue to Fin #3
Set fin #3
Press fin #3
Adjust fins
Adjust fin #1
Attach fin #1
Adjust fin #2
Attach fin #2
Adjust fin #3
Attach fin #3
Stand rocket on drying table
Allow fins to dry
Measure lug attachement
Measure
41
Mark attachment point
Apply glue to launch lug
Attach launch lug to body tube
Ensure launch lug alignment
Glue Reinforcement
Reinforce fins
Reinforce fin fin #1
Reinforce fin fin #2
Reinforce fin fin #3
Reinforce launch lug
Reinforch side 1
Reinforce side 2
Glue drying
Wipe away excess glue
Shock Cord Mount Attachment
Measure body tube
Measure 25mm
Apply glue to shock cord
Insert cord into tube
Set mount 25mm
Press mount into glue
Hold mount attachment
Parachute Assembly
Cut parachute along line
Remove tape
Fold shroud lines
Cut shroud lines
Attach tape rings
Attach tape ring #1
Attach tape ring #2
Attach tape ring #3
Attach tape ring #4
Attach tape ring #5
Attach tape ring #6
Press tape tape rings into place
Press tape tape rings into place #1
Press tape tape rings into place #2
Press tape tape rings into place #3
Press tape tape rings into place #4
Press tape tape rings into place #5
Press tape tape rings into place #6
Punch tape ring holes
Punch tape ring holes #1
Punch tape ring holes #2
Punch tape ring holes #3
Punch tape ring holes #4
Punch tape ring holes #5
Punch tape ring holes #6
Pass shroud line through hole
Tie lines together
Shroud line threading
Thread shroud lines
Pass parachute through loop
Pull lines tight
Tie down shock cord free end
Verify dryness
Check to ensure glue joint are dry
Apply primer coat #1
Sand rocket body #1
Apply primer coat #2
Sand rocket body #2
Insert paint handle
Apply paint to rocket
Apply Water Decals
Cut decals
Decal #1
Decal #2
Decal #3
Decal #4
Decal #5
Decal #6
Decal #7
Decal #8
Decal #9
Decal #10
Decal #11
Decal #12
Decal #
13
Dip in water
Decal #2
Decal #3
Decal #4
Decal #5
Decal #6
Decal #7
Decal #8
Decal #9
Decal #10
Decal #11
Decal #12
Decal #13
Slip decals
Decal #2
Decal #3
Decal #4
Decal #5
Decal #6
Decal #7
Decal #8
Decal #9
Decal #10
Decal #11
Decal #12
Decal #13
Blot decals
Decal #2
Decal #3
Decal #4
Decal #5
Decal #6
Decal #7
Decal #8
Decal #9
Decal #10
Decal #11
Decal #12
Decal #13
Dry decals
Allow to dry overnight
Apply clear spray to decals
Apply spray to rocket
Apply large decals
Peel backing
Cut away backing
Align decal
Peel off backing
Smooth decal
WBS # TASKS
1.0
1.1 Locate engine mount parts
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.2 Laying mount to ruler
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.3 Marking mount
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.
3.2.1
Mark 25mm
1.
3.2.2
Mark 64 mm
1.4 Cutting mount
1.4.1
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.6
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.7
1.7.1
1.
7.1.1
1.
7.1.2
1.7.2
1.
7.2.1
1.
7.2.2
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1 Locate cord mount parts
2.1.1
2.2 Cut cord mount
2.2.1
2.3 Crease assembly
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.4 Glue mount assembly
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.5 Fold mount assembly
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.6 Clamp mount assembly
2.6.1
2.6.2
3.0 Fin Preparation
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.2 Trace fin patterns
3.2.1 Trace fin #1
3.2.2 Match fin #1
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6
3.3 Cut fin patterns
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.4 Save scrap
3.4.1
3.5 Course sand fins
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.6 Fine sand fins
3.6.1
3.
6.1.1
3.
6.1.2
3.
6.1.3
3.6.2
3.
6.2.1
3.
6.2.2
3.
6.2.3
3.6.3
3.
6.3.1
3.
6.3.2
3.
6.3.3
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
4.1 Locate body tube
4.1.1
4.2 Measure body tube
4.2.1
Measure body tube 38 mm
4.3 Spread glue
4.3.1
4.4 Insert engine mount
4.4.1
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
5.1 Locate tube marking guide
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.2 Wrap guide
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.3 Mark tube
5.3.1
5.3.1.1
5.3.1.2
5.3.1.3
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.4 Draw fin markings
5.4.1
5.4.1.1
5.4.1.2
5.4.2
5.4.2.1
5.4.2.2
5.4.3
5.4.3.1
5.4.3.2
5.4.4
5.4.4.1
Draw line 102 mm
6.0 Fin Attachment
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins
6.1.1 Apply to fin #1
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
6.2 Apply second layer glue
6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1
6.2.2 Set fin #1
6.2.3 Press fin #1
6.2.4
6.2.5
6.2.6
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.9
6.3 Adjust fins
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2
6.3.4
6.3.5
6.3.6
6.4 Set aside to dry
6.4.1
6.4.2
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
7.1 Measure lug attachement
7.1.1
Measure 41mm
7.1.2 Mark attachment point
7.2 Glue lug attachment
7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube
7.3 Dry lug attachment
7.3.1
7.3.2
8.0
8.1 Reinforce fins
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.2 Reinforce launch lug
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2 Glue drying
8.2.1 Stand rocket on drying table
8.2.2 Wipe away excess glue
8.2.3
9.0
9.1.1
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.3 Set mount
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.4 Set glue
9.4.1
9.4.2
10.0
10.1 Cut out parachute
10.1.1
10.2 Tape removal
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.3 Tape attachment
10.3.1
10.3.1.1
10.3.1.2
10.3.1.3
10.3.1.4
10.3.1.5
10.3.1.6
10.3.2
10.3.2.1
10.3.2.2
10.3.2.3
10.3.2.4
10.3.2.5
10.3.2.6
10.3.3
10.3.3.1
10.3.3.2
10.3.3.3
10.3.3.4
10.3.3.5
10.3.3.6
10.4 Shroud line assembly
10.4.1
10.4.2
11.0
11.1 Shroud line threading
11.1.1
11.2 Parachute pass throough
11.2.1
11.3
11.3.1
11.4
11.4.1
12.0
12.1 Verify dryness
12.1.1
12.2 Prime rocket
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
12.3 Paint rocket
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.3.3
12.4 Apply Water Decals
12.4.1
12.4.1.1
12.4.1.2
12.4.1.3
12.4.1.4
12.4.1.5
12.4.1.6
12.4.1.7
12.4.1.8
12.4.1.9
12.4.1.10
12.4.1.11
12.4.1.12
12.4.1.13
12.4.2
12.4.2.1
12.4.2.2
12.4.2.3
12.4.2.4
12.4.2.5
12.4.2.6
12.4.2.7
12.4.2.8
12.4.2.9
12.4.2.10
12.4.2.11
12.4.2.12
12.4.2.13
12.4.3
12.4.3.1
12.4.3.2
12.4.3.3
12.4.3.4
12.4.3.5
12.4.3.6
12.4.3.7
12.4.3.8
12.4.3.9
12.4.3.10
12.4.3.11
12.4.3.12
12.4.3.13
12.4.4
12.4.4.1
12.4.4.2
12.4.4.3
12.4.4.4
12.4.4.5
12.4.4.6
12.4.4.7
12.4.4.8
12.4.4.9
12.4.4.10
12.4.4.11
12.4.4.12
12.4.4.13
12.4.5
12.5.1
12.4.6
12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket
12.5 Apply large decals
12.5.1 Peel backing
12.5.2
12.5.3
12.5.4
12.5.5
Network
Engine Mount Assembly Engine Mount Installation Launch Lug Attachment
Fin Preparation Tube Marking Detail Fin Attachment Glue Reinforcement
Shock Cord Mount Assembly Finishing Rocket
Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone Shock Cord Mount Attachment
Gantt
DAY 1
DAY 2
DAY 3
DAY 4
DAY 5
DAY 6
DAY 7
DAY 8
DAY 9
DAY 10
DAY 11
DAY 12
DAY 13
DAY
14
DAY
15
DAY
16
DAY
17
DAY
18
DAY
19
WBS # TASKS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20
21
22
23
24
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
39
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
3.0 Fin Preparation
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
6.0 Fin Attachment
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment
10.0 Parachute Assembly
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
12.0 Finishing Rocket
Duration
WBS # TASKS
1.0 Engine Mount Assembly
1.1 Locate engine mount parts
1.1.1 Locate light blue engine mount tube
1.1.2 Locate engine hook
1.1.3 Locate green adapter ring
1.2 Laying mount to ruler
1.2.1 Move tube to ruler
1.2.2 Align with zero mark
1.3 Marking mount
1.3.1 Take pencil
1.3.2 Mark tube
1.3.2.1
1.3.2.2
1.4 Cutting mount
1.4.1 Cut 3mm slit
1.5 Inserting hook
1.5.1 Insert hook
1.5.2 Extend hook
1.6 Testing adapter ring
1.6.1 Slide ring into front of engine tube
1.6.2 Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark
1.7 Glue & Dry
1.7.1 Apply glue
1.7.1.1
1.7.1.2
1.7.2 Dry glue
1.7.2.1
1.7.2.2
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1 Locate cord mount parts
2.1.1 Locate cord mount on pattern sheet
2.2 Cut cord mount
2.2.1 Cut cord mount along outline
2.3 Crease assembly
2.3.1 Fold on dotted lines
2.3.2 Crease on dotted lines
2.4 Glue mount assembly
2.4.1 Spread glue
2.4.2 Lay end of shock cord in glue
2.5 Fold mount assembly
2.5.1 Fold section 1
2.5.2 Apply glue section 3
2.5.3 Fold again
2.6 Clamp mount assembly
2.6.1 Clamp assembly
2.6.2 Allow to dry
3.0 Fin Preparation
3.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.2 Cut fin pattern from sheet
3.2 Trace fin patterns
3.2.1 Trace fin #1
3.2.2 Match fin #1
3.2.3 Trace fin #2
3.2.4 Match fin #2
3.2.5 Trace fin #2
3.2.6 Match fin #2
3.3 Cut fin patterns
3.3.1 Cut fin #1
3.3.2 Chect fin #1
3.3.3 Cut fin #2
3.3.4 Chect fin #2
3.3.5 Cut fin #3
3.3.6 Chect fin #3
3.4 Save scrap
3.4.1 Set aside piece scrap basa wood
3.5 Course sand fins
3.5.1 Lay sandpaper
3.5.2 Stack fins
3.5.3 Sand fins
3.6 Fine sand fins
3.6.1 Fine sand fin #1
3.6.1.1
3.6.1.2
3.6.1.3
3.6.2 Fine sand fin #2
3.6.2.1
3.6.2.2
3.6.2.3
3.6.3 Fine sand fin #3
3.6.3.1
3.6.3.2
3.6.3.3
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
4.1 Locate body tube
4.1.1 Locate body tube
4.2 Measure body tube
4.2.1 Measure body tube 38 mm
4.3 Spread glue
4.3.1 Spread glue around body tube
4.4 Insert engine mount
4.4.1 Insert engine mount assembly into body tube
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
5.1 Locate tube marking guide
5.1.1 Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet
5.1.2 Cut guide alone outline
5.2 Wrap guide
5.2.1 Wrap guide around body tube
5.2.2 Tape guide to body tube
5.3 Mark tube
5.3.1 Mark tube for fins
5.3.1.1 Mark tube for fin #1
5.3.1.2 Mark tube for fin #2
5.3.1.3 Mark tube for fin #3
5.3.2 Write LL on body tube
5.3.3 Remove guide
5.4 Draw fin markings
5.4.1 Fin #1
5.4.1.1 Draw straight line
5.4.1.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.2 Fin #2
5.4.2.1 Draw straight line
5.4.2.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.3 Fin #3
5.4.3.1 Draw straight line
5.4.3.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.4 Draw launch lug line
5.4.4.1 Draw line 102 mm
6.0 Fin Attachment
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins
6.1.1 Apply to fin #1
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2
6.1.4 Allow fin #2 to dry
6.1.5 Apply to fin #3
6.1.6 Allow fin #3 to dry
6.2 Apply second layer glue
6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1
6.2.2 Set fin #1
6.2.3 Press fin #1
6.2.4 Apply more glue to Fin #2
6.2.5 Set fin #2
6.2.6 Press fin #2
6.2.7 Apply more glue to Fin #3
6.2.8 Set fin #3
6.2.9 Press fin #3
6.3 Adjust fins
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2
6.3.4 Attach fin #2
6.3.5 Adjust fin #3
6.3.6 Attach fin #3
6.4 Set aside to dry
6.4.1 Stand rocket on drying table
6.4.2 Allow fins to dry
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
7.1 Measure lug attachement
7.1.1 Measure 41mm
7.1.2 Mark attachment point
7.2 Glue lug attachment
7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube
7.3 Dry lug attachment
7.3.1 Ensure launch lug alignment
7.3.2 Allow to dry
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
8.1 Reinforce fins
8.1.1 Reinforce fin fin #1
8.1.2 Reinforce fin fin #2
8.1.3 Reinforce fin fin #3
8.2 Reinforce launch lug
8.2.1 Reinforch side 1
8.2.2 Reinforce side 2
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
9.1 Measure body tube
9.1.1 Measure 25mm
9.2 Apply glue
9.2.1 Apply glue to shock cord
9.2.2 Insert cord into tube
9.3 Set mount
9.3.1 Set mount 25mm
9.3.2 Press mount into glue
9.4 Set glue
9.4.1 Hold mount attachment
9.4.2 Allow to dry
10.0 Parachute Assembly
10.1 Cut out parachute
10.1.1 Cut parachute along line
10.2 Tape removal
10.2.1 Remove tape
10.2.2 Fold shroud lines
10.2.3 Cut shroud lines
10.3 Tape attachment
10.3.1 Attach tape rings
10.3.1.1 Attach tape ring #1
10.3.1.2 Attach tape ring #2
10.3.1.3 Attach tape ring #3
10.3.1.4 Attach tape ring #4
10.3.1.5 Attach tape ring #5
10.3.1.6 Attach tape ring #6
10.3.2 Press tape tape rings into place
10.3.2.1 Press tape tape rings into place #1
10.3.2.2 Press tape tape rings into place #2
10.3.2.3 Press tape tape rings into place #3
10.3.2.4 Press tape tape rings into place #4
10.3.2.5 Press tape tape rings into place #5
10.3.2.6 Press tape tape rings into place #6
10.3.3 Punch tape ring holes
10.3.3.1 Punch tape ring holes #1
10.3.3.2 Punch tape ring holes #2
10.3.3.3 Punch tape ring holes #3
10.3.3.4 Punch tape ring holes #4
10.3.3.5 Punch tape ring holes #5
10.3.3.6 Punch tape ring holes #6
10.4 Shroud line assembly
10.4.1 Pass shroud line through hole
10.4.2 Tie lines together
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
11.1 Shroud line threading
11.1.1 Thread shroud lines
11.2 Parachute pass throough
11.2.1 Pass parachute through loop
11.3 Line tightening
11.3.1 Pull lines tight
11.4 Shock cord tie down
11.4.1 Tie down shock cord free end
12.0 Finishing Rocket
12.1 Verify dryness
12.1.1 Check to ensure glue joint are dry
12.2 Prime rocket
12.2.1 Apply primer coat #1
12.2.2 Sand rocket body #1
12.2.3 Apply primer coat #2
12.2.4 Sand rocket body #2
12.3 Paint rocket
12.3.1 Insert paint handle
12.3.2 Apply paint to rocket
12.3.3 Allow to dry
12.4 Apply Water Decals
12.4.1 Cut decals
12.4.1.1 Decal #1
12.4.1.2 Decal #2
12.4.1.3 Decal #3
12.4.1.4 Decal #4
12.4.1.5 Decal #5
12.4.1.6 Decal #6
12.4.1.7 Decal #7
12.4.1.8 Decal #8
12.4.1.9 Decal #9
12.4.1.10 Decal #10
12.4.1.11 Decal #11
12.4.1.12 Decal #12
12.4.1.13 Decal #13
12.4.2 Dip in water
12.4.2.1 Decal #1
12.4.2.2 Decal #2
12.4.2.3 Decal #3
12.4.2.4 Decal #4
12.4.2.5 Decal #5
12.4.2.6 Decal #6
12.4.2.7 Decal #7
12.4.2.8 Decal #8
12.4.2.9 Decal #9
12.4.2.10 Decal #10
12.4.2.11 Decal #11
12.4.2.12 Decal #12
12.4.2.13 Decal #13
12.4.3 Slip decals
12.4.3.1 Decal #1
12.4.3.2 Decal #2
12.4.3.3 Decal #3
12.4.3.4 Decal #4
12.4.3.5 Decal #5
12.4.3.6 Decal #6
12.4.3.7 Decal #7
12.4.3.8 Decal #8
12.4.3.9 Decal #9
12.4.3.10 Decal #10
12.4.3.11 Decal #11
12.4.3.12 Decal #12
12.4.3.13 Decal #13
12.4.4 Blot decals
12.4.4.1 Decal #1
12.4.4.2 Decal #2
12.4.4.3 Decal #3
12.4.4.4 Decal #4
12.4.4.5 Decal #5
12.4.4.6 Decal #6
12.4.4.7 Decal #7
12.4.4.8 Decal #8
12.4.4.9 Decal #9
12.4.4.10 Decal #10
12.4.4.11 Decal #11
12.4.4.12 Decal #12
12.4.4.13 Decal #13
12.4.5 Dry decals
12.5.1 Allow to dry overnight
12.4.6 Apply clear spray to decals
12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket
12.5 Apply large decals
12.5.1 Peel backing
12.5.2 Cut away backing
12.5.3 Align decal
12.5.4 Peel off backing
12.5.5 Smooth decal
X
WBS # TASKS
Fitter
Draftsman
Cutter
Gluer
Sander
1.0 Engine Mount Assembly X X X X
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly X X X
3.0 Fin Preparation X X X X
4.0 Engine Mount Installation X X X
6.0 Fin Attachment
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment
10.0 Parachute Assembly
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
12.0 Finishing Rocket
RAM
WBS # TASKS Fitter Draftsman Cutter Gluer
Painter
Sr Sander
Dummy
1.1 Locate engine mount parts
1.1.1 Locate light blue engine mount tube
1.1.2 Locate engine hook
1.1.3 Locate green adapter ring
1.2 Laying mount to ruler
1.2.1 Move tube to ruler
1.2.2 Align with zero mark
1.3 Marking mount
1.3.1 Take pencil
1.3.1.1
1.3.2.1 Mark 25mm
1.3.2.2 Mark 64 mm
1.4 Cutting mount
1.4.1 Cut 3mm slit
1.5 Inserting hook
1.5.1 Insert hook
1.5.2 Extend hook
1.6 Testing adapter ring
1.6.1 Slide ring into front of engine tube
1.6.2 Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark
1.7 Glue & Dry
1.7.1 Apply glue
1.7.1.1 Apply glue to one side
1.7.1.2 Apply glue to other side
1.7.2 Dry glue
1.7.2.1 Set assembly aside
1.7.2.2 Allow to dry
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1 Locate cord mount parts
2.1.1 Locate cord mount on pattern sheet
2.2 Cut cord mount
2.2.1 Cut cord mount along outline
2.3 Crease assembly
2.3.1 Fold on dotted lines
2.3.2 Crease on dotted lines
2.4 Glue mount assembly
2.4.1 Spread glue
2.4.2 Lay end of shock cord in glue
2.5 Fold mount assembly
2.5.1 Fold section 1
2.5.2 Apply glue section 3
2.5.3 Fold again
2.6 Clamp mount assembly
2.6.1 Clamp assembly
2.6.2 Allow to dry
3.0 Fin Preparation
3.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.2 Cut fin pattern from sheet
3.2 Trace fin patterns
3.2.1 Trace fin #1
3.2.2 Match fin #1
3.2.3 Trace fin #2
3.2.4 Match fin #2
3.2.5 Trace fin #2
3.2.6 Match fin #2
3.3 Cut fin patterns
3.3.1 Cut fin #1
3.3.2 Chect fin #1
3.3.3 Cut fin #2
3.3.4 Chect fin #2
3.3.5 Cut fin #3
3.3.6 Chect fin #3
3.4 Save scrap
3.4.1 Set aside piece scrap basa wood
3.5 Course sand fins
3.5.1 Lay sandpaper
3.5.2 Stack fins
3.5.3 Sand fins
3.6 Fine sand fins
3.6.1 Fine sand fin #1
3.6.1.1 Round leading edge fin #1
3.6.1.2 Round trailing edge fin #1
3.6.1.3 Streamline training edge fin #1
3.6.2 Fine sand fin #2
3.6.2.1 Round leading edge fin #2
3.6.2.2 Round trailing edge fin #2
3.6.2.3 Streamline training edge fin #2
3.6.3 Fine sand fin #3
3.6.3.1 Round leading edge fin #3
3.6.3.2 Round trailing edge fin #3
3.6.3.3 Streamline training edge fin #3
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
4.1 Locate body tube
4.1.1 Locate body tube
4.2 Measure body tube
4.2.1 Measure body tube 38 mm
4.3 Spread glue
4.3.1 Spread glue around body tube
4.4 Insert engine mount
4.4.1 Insert engine mount assembly into body tube
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
5.1 Locate tube marking guide
5.1.1 Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet
5.1.2 Cut guide alone outline
5.2 Wrap guide
5.2.1 Wrap guide around body tube
5.2.2 Tape guide to body tube
5.3 Mark tube
5.3.1 Mark tube for fins
5.3.1.1 Mark tube for fin #1
5.3.1.2 Mark tube for fin #2
5.3.1.3 Mark tube for fin #3
5.3.2 Write LL on body tube
5.3.3 Remove guide
5.4 Draw fin markings
5.4.1 Fin #1
5.4.1.1 Draw straight line
5.4.1.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.2 Fin #2
5.4.2.1 Draw straight line
5.4.2.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.3 Fin #3
5.4.3.1 Draw straight line
5.4.3.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.4 Draw launch lug line
5.4.4.1 Draw line 102 mm
6.0 Fin Attachment
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins
6.1.1 Apply to fin #1
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2
6.1.4 Allow fin #2 to dry
6.1.5 Apply to fin #3
6.1.6 Allow fin #3 to dry
6.2 Apply second layer glue
6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1
6.2.2 Set fin #1
6.2.3 Press fin #1
6.2.4 Apply more glue to Fin #2
6.2.5 Set fin #2
6.2.6 Press fin #2
6.2.7 Apply more glue to Fin #3
6.2.8 Set fin #3
6.2.9 Press fin #3
6.3 Adjust fins
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2
6.3.4 Attach fin #2
6.3.5 Adjust fin #3
6.3.6 Attach fin #3
6.4 Set aside to dry
6.4.1 Stand rocket on drying table
6.4.2 Allow fins to dry
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
7.1 Measure lug attachement
7.1.1 Measure 41mm
7.1.2 Mark attachment point
7.2 Glue lug attachment
7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube
7.3 Dry lug attachment
7.3.1 Ensure launch lug alignment
7.3.2 Allow to dry
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
8.1 Reinforce fins
8.1.1 Reinforce fin fin #1
8.1.2 Reinforce fin fin #2
8.1.3 Reinforce fin fin #3
8.2 Reinforce launch lug
8.2.1 Reinforch side 1
8.2.2 Reinforce side 2
8.3 Glue drying
8.3.1 Stand rocket on drying table
8.3.2 Wipe away excess glue
8.3.3 Allow to dry
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment
9.1 Measure body tube
9.1.1 Measure 25mm
9.2 Apply glue
9.2.1 Apply glue to shock cord
9.2.2 Insert cord into tube
9.3 Set mount
9.3.1 Set mount 25mm
9.3.2 Press mount into glue
9.4 Set glue
9.4.1 Hold mount attachment
9.4.2 Allow to dry
10.0 Parachute Assembly
10.1 Cut out parachute
10.1.1 Cut parachute along line
10.2 Tape removal
10.2.1 Remove tape
10.2.2 Fold shroud lines
10.2.3 Cut shroud lines
10.3 Tape attachment
10.3.1 Attach tape rings
10.3.1.1 Attach tape ring #1
10.3.1.2 Attach tape ring #2
10.3.1.3 Attach tape ring #3
10.3.1.4 Attach tape ring #4
10.3.1.5 Attach tape ring #5
10.3.1.6 Attach tape ring #6
10.3.2 Press tape tape rings into place
10.3.2.1 Press tape tape rings into place #1
10.3.2.2 Press tape tape rings into place #2
10.3.2.3 Press tape tape rings into place #3
10.3.2.4 Press tape tape rings into place #4
10.3.2.5 Press tape tape rings into place #5
10.3.2.6 Press tape tape rings into place #6
10.3.3 Punch tape ring holes
10.3.3.1 Punch tape ring holes #1
10.3.3.2 Punch tape ring holes #2
10.3.3.3 Punch tape ring holes #3
10.3.3.4 Punch tape ring holes #4
10.3.3.5 Punch tape ring holes #5
10.3.3.6 Punch tape ring holes #6
10.4 Shroud line assembly
10.4.1 Pass shroud line through hole
10.4.2 Tie lines together
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
11.1 Shroud line threading
11.1.1 Thread shroud lines
11.2 Parachute pass throough
11.2.1 Pass parachute through loop
11.3 Line tightening
11.3.1 Pull lines tight
11.4 Shock cord tie down
11.4.1 Tie down shock cord free end
12.0 Finishing Rocket
12.1 Verify dryness
12.1.1 Check to ensure glue joint are dry
12.2 Prime rocket
12.2.1 Apply primer coat #1
12.2.2 Sand rocket body #1
12.2.3 Apply primer coat #2
12.2.4 Sand rocket body #2
12.3 Paint rocket
12.3.1 Insert paint handle
12.3.2 Apply paint to rocket
12.3.3 Allow to dry
12.4 Apply Water Decals
12.4.1 Cut decals
12.4.1.1 Decal #1
12.4.1.2 Decal #2
12.4.1.3 Decal #3
12.4.1.4 Decal #4
12.4.1.5 Decal #5
12.4.1.6 Decal #6
12.4.1.7 Decal #7
12.4.1.8 Decal #8
12.4.1.9 Decal #9
12.4.1.10 Decal #10
12.4.1.11 Decal #11
12.4.1.12 Decal #12
12.4.1.13 Decal #13
12.4.2 Dip in water
12.4.2.1 Decal #1
12.4.2.2 Decal #2
12.4.2.3 Decal #3
12.4.2.4 Decal #4
12.4.2.5 Decal #5
12.4.2.6 Decal #6
12.4.2.7 Decal #7
12.4.2.8 Decal #8
12.4.2.9 Decal #9
12.4.2.10 Decal #10
12.4.2.11 Decal #11
12.4.2.12 Decal #12
12.4.2.13 Decal #13
12.4.3 Slip decals
12.4.3.1 Decal #1
12.4.3.2 Decal #2
12.4.3.3 Decal #3
12.4.3.4 Decal #4
12.4.3.5 Decal #5
12.4.3.6 Decal #6
12.4.3.7 Decal #7
12.4.3.8 Decal #8
12.4.3.9 Decal #9
12.4.3.10 Decal #10
12.4.3.11 Decal #11
12.4.3.12 Decal #12
12.4.3.13 Decal #13
12.4.4 Blot decals
12.4.4.1 Decal #1
12.4.4.2 Decal #2
12.4.4.3 Decal #3
12.4.4.4 Decal #4
12.4.4.5 Decal #5
12.4.4.6 Decal #6
12.4.4.7 Decal #7
12.4.4.8 Decal #8
12.4.4.9 Decal #9
12.4.4.10 Decal #10
12.4.4.11 Decal #11
12.4.4.12 Decal #12
12.4.4.13 Decal #13
12.4.5 Dry decals
12.5.1 Allow to dry overnight
12.4.6 Apply clear spray to decals
12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket
12.5 Apply large decals
12.5.1 Peel backing
12.5.2 Cut away backing
12.5.3 Align decal
12.5.4 Peel off backing
12.5.5 Smooth decal
Rates
Fitter Draftsman Cutter Gluer Painter Sander Sr Sander
$9.00
$35.00
$12.25
$8.00
$11.50
$7.50
$13.00
Roll-Up Est
WBS # TASKS Fitter Draftsman Cutter Gluer Painter Sander Sr Sander Dummy Duration
1.0 Engine Mount Assembly 10 4 1 2 0 0 0 1 18
1.1 Locate engine mount parts 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.1.1 Locate light blue engine mount tube 1
1.1.2 Locate engine hook 1
1.1.3 Locate green adapter ring 1
1.2 Laying mount to ruler 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.2.1 Move tube to ruler 1
1.2.2 Align with zero mark 1
1.3 Marking mount 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.3.1 Take pencil 1
1.3.2 Mark tube 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.3.2.1 Mark 25mm 1
1.3.2.2 Mark 64 mm 1
1.4 Cutting mount 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1.4.1 Cut 3mm slit 1
1.5 Inserting hook 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.5.1 Insert hook 1
1.5.2 Extend hook 1
1.6 Testing adapter ring 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.6.1 Slide ring into front of engine tube 1
1.6.2 Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark 1 1
1.7 Glue & Dry 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 1
1.7.1 Apply glue 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
1.7.1.1 Apply glue to one side 1
1.7.1.2 Apply glue to other side 1
1.7.2 Dry glue 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
1.7.2.1 Set assembly aside 1
1.7.2.2 Allow to dry 1
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly 7 0 1 3 0 0 0 1 12
2.1 Locate cord mount parts 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2.1.1 Locate cord mount on pattern sheet 1
2.2 Cut cord mount 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
2.2.1 Cut cord mount along outline 1
2.3 Crease assembly 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2.3.1 Fold on dotted lines 1
2.3.2 Crease on dotted lines 1
2.4 Glue mount assembly 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
2.4.1 Spread glue 1
2.4.2 Lay end of shock cord in glue 1 1
2.5 Fold mount assembly 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
2.5.1 Fold section 1 1
2.5.2 Apply glue section 3 1
2.5.3 Fold again 1
2.6 Clamp mount assembly 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
2.6.1 Clamp assembly 1
2.6.2 Allow to dry 1
3.0 Fin Preparation 6 6 7 0 0 2 9 0 30
3.1 Select fin pattern 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
3.1.1 Select fin pattern 1
3.1.2 Cut fin pattern from sheet 1
3.2 Trace fin patterns 3 6 0 0 0 0 0 0
3.2.1 Trace fin #1 1
3.2.2 Match fin #1 1 1
3.2.3 Trace fin #2 1
3.2.4 Match fin #2 1 1
3.2.5 Trace fin #2 1
3.2.6 Match fin #2 1 1
3.3 Cut fin patterns 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
3.3.1 Cut fin #1 1
3.3.2 Chect fin #1 1
3.3.3 Cut fin #2 1
3.3.4 Chect fin #2 1
3.3.5 Cut fin #3 1
3.3.6 Chect fin #3 1
3.4 Save scrap 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3.4.1 Set aside piece scrap basa wood 1
3.5 Course sand fins 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0
3.5.1 Lay sandpaper 1
3.5.2 Stack fins 1
3.5.3 Sand fins 1
3.6 Fine sand fins 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0
3.6.1 Fine sand fin #1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
3.6.1.1 Round leading edge fin #1 1
3.6.1.2 Round trailing edge fin #1 1
3.6.1.3 Streamline training edge fin #1 1
3.6.2 Fine sand fin #2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
3.6.2.1 Round leading edge fin #2 1
3.6.2.2 Round trailing edge fin #2 1
3.6.2.3 Streamline training edge fin #2 1
3.6.3 Fine sand fin #3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
3.6.3.1 Round leading edge fin #3 1
3.6.3.2 Round trailing edge fin #3 1
3.6.3.3 Streamline training edge fin #3 1
4.0 Engine Mount Installation 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 4
4.1 Locate body tube 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4.1.1 Locate body tube 1
4.2 Measure body tube 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
4.2.1 Measure body tube 38 mm 1
4.3 Spread glue 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
4.3.1 Spread glue around body tube 1
4.4 Insert engine mount 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4.4.1 Insert engine mount assembly into body tube 1
5.0 Tube Marking Detail 4 11 1 0 0 0 0 0 16
5.1 Locate tube marking guide 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
5.1.1 Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet 1
5.1.2 Cut guide alone outline 1
5.2 Wrap guide 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.2.1 Wrap guide around body tube 1
5.2.2 Tape guide to body tube 1
5.3 Mark tube 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.3.1 Mark tube for fins 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.3.1.1 Mark tube for fin #1 1
5.3.1.2 Mark tube for fin #2 1
5.3.1.3 Mark tube for fin #3 1
5.3.2 Write LL on body tube 1
5.3.3 Remove guide 1
5.4 Draw fin markings 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.1 Fin #1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.1.1 Draw straight line 1
5.4.1.2 Extend line 76mm 1
5.4.2 Fin #2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.2.1 Draw straight line 1
5.4.2.2 Extend line 76mm 1
5.4.3 Fin #3 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.3.1 Draw straight line 1
5.4.3.2 Extend line 76mm 1
5.4.4 Draw launch lug line 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.4.1 Draw line 102 mm 1
6.0 Fin Attachment 13 0 0 6 0 0 0 4 23
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3
6.1.1 Apply to fin #1 1
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry 1
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2 1
6.1.4 Allow fin #2 to dry 1
6.1.5 Apply to fin #3 1
6.1.6 Allow fin #3 to dry 1
6.2 Apply second layer glue 6 0 0 3 0 0 0 0
6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1 1
6.2.2 Set fin #1 1
6.2.3 Press fin #1 1
6.2.4 Apply more glue to Fin #2 1
6.2.5 Set fin #2 1
6.2.6 Press fin #2 1
6.2.7 Apply more glue to Fin #3 1
6.2.8 Set fin #3 1
6.2.9 Press fin #3 1
6.3 Adjust fins 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1 1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1 1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2 1
6.3.4 Attach fin #2 1
6.3.5 Adjust fin #3 1
6.3.6 Attach fin #3 1
6.4 Set aside to dry 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
6.4.1 Stand rocket on drying table 1
6.4.2 Allow fins to dry 1
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment 1 3 0 1 0 0 0 1 6
7.1 Measure lug attachement 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
7.1.1 Measure 41mm 1
7.1.2 Mark attachment point 1
7.2 Glue lug attachment 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug 1
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube 1
7.3 Dry lug attachment 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
7.3.1 Ensure launch lug alignment 1
7.3.2 Allow to dry 1
8.0 Glue Reinforcement 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 1 8
8.1 Reinforce fins 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0
8.1.1 Reinforce fin fin #1 1
8.1.2 Reinforce fin fin #2 1
8.1.3 Reinforce fin fin #3 1
8.2 Reinforce launch lug 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
8.2.1 Reinforch side 1 1
8.2.2 Reinforce side 2 1
8.3 Glue drying 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
8.3.1 Stand rocket on drying table 1
8.3.2 Wipe away excess glue 1
8.3.3 Allow to dry 1
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment 4 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 8
9.1 Measure body tube 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.1 Measure 25mm 1
9.2 Apply glue 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
9.2.1 Apply glue to shock cord 1
9.2.2 Insert cord into tube 1
9.3 Set mount 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
9.3.1 Set mount 25mm 1
9.3.2 Press mount into glue 1 1
9.4 Set glue 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
9.4.1 Hold mount attachment 1
9.4.2 Allow to dry 1
10.0 Parachute Assembly 15 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 23
10.1 Cut out parachute 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
10.1.1 Cut parachute along line 1
10.2 Tape removal 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
10.2.1 Remove tape 1
10.2.2 Fold shroud lines 1
10.2.3 Cut shroud lines 1
10.3 Tape attachment 12 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
10.3.1 Attach tape rings 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10.3.1.1 Attach tape ring #1 1
10.3.1.2 Attach tape ring #2 1
10.3.1.3 Attach tape ring #3 1
10.3.1.4 Attach tape ring #4 1
10.3.1.5 Attach tape ring #5 1
10.3.1.6 Attach tape ring #6 1
10.3.2 Press tape tape rings into place 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10.3.2.1 Press tape tape rings into place #1 1
10.3.2.2 Press tape tape rings into place #2 1
10.3.2.3 Press tape tape rings into place #3 1
10.3.2.4 Press tape tape rings into place #4 1
10.3.2.5 Press tape tape rings into place #5 1
10.3.2.6 Press tape tape rings into place #6 1
10.3.3 Punch tape ring holes 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
10.3.3.1 Punch tape ring holes #1 1
10.3.3.2 Punch tape ring holes #2 1
10.3.3.3 Punch tape ring holes #3 1
10.3.3.4 Punch tape ring holes #4 1
10.3.3.5 Punch tape ring holes #5 1
10.3.3.6 Punch tape ring holes #6 1
10.4 Shroud line assembly 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10.4.1 Pass shroud line through hole 1
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4
11.1 Shroud line threading 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.1.1 Thread shroud lines 1
11.2 Parachute pass throough 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.2.1 Pass parachute through loop 1
11.3 Line tightening 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.3.1 Pull lines tight 1
11.4 Shock cord tie down 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.4.1 Tie down shock cord free end 1
12.0 Finishing Rocket 45 1 14 1 4 0 2 9 76
12.1 Verify dryness 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
12.1.1 Check to ensure glue joint are dry 1
12.2 Prime rocket 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0
12.2.1 Apply primer coat #1 1
12.2.2 Sand rocket body #1 1
12.2.3 Apply primer coat #2 1
12.2.4 Sand rocket body #2 1
12.3 Paint rocket 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
12.3.1 Insert paint handle 1
12.3.2 Apply paint to rocket 1
12.3.3 Allow to dry 1
12.4 Apply Water Decals 39 0 13 0 1 0 0 8
12.4.1 Cut decals 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0
12.4.1.1 Decal #1 1
12.4.1.2 Decal #2 1
12.4.1.3 Decal #3 1
12.4.1.4 Decal #4 1
12.4.1.5 Decal #5 1
12.4.1.6 Decal #6 1
12.4.1.7 Decal #7 1
12.4.1.8 Decal #8 1
12.4.1.9 Decal #9 1
12.4.1.10 Decal #10 1
12.4.1.11 Decal #11 1
12.4.1.12 Decal #12 1
12.4.1.13 Decal #13 1
12.4.2 Dip in water 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12.4.2.1 Decal #1 1
12.4.2.2 Decal #2 1
12.4.2.3 Decal #3 1
12.4.2.4 Decal #4 1
12.4.2.5 Decal #5 1
12.4.2.6 Decal #6 1
12.4.2.7 Decal #7 1
12.4.2.8 Decal #8 1
12.4.2.9 Decal #9 1
12.4.2.10 Decal #10 1
12.4.2.11 Decal #11 1
12.4.2.12 Decal #12 1
12.4.2.13 Decal #13 1
12.4.3 Slip decals 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12.4.3.1 Decal #1 1
12.4.3.2 Decal #2 1
12.4.3.3 Decal #3 1
12.4.3.4 Decal #4 1
12.4.3.5 Decal #5 1
12.4.3.6 Decal #6 1
12.4.3.7 Decal #7 1
12.4.3.8 Decal #8 1
12.4.3.9 Decal #9 1
12.4.3.10 Decal #10 1
12.4.3.11 Decal #11 1
12.4.3.12 Decal #12 1
12.4.3.13 Decal #13 1
12.4.4 Blot decals 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12.4.4.1 Decal #1 1
12.4.4.2 Decal #2 1
12.4.4.3 Decal #3 1
12.4.4.4 Decal #4 1
12.4.4.5 Decal #5 1
12.4.4.6 Decal #6 1
12.4.4.7 Decal #7 1
12.4.4.8 Decal #8 1
12.4.4.9 Decal #9 1
12.4.4.10 Decal #10 1
12.4.4.11 Decal #11 1
12.4.4.12 Decal #12 1
12.4.4.13 Decal #13 1
12.4.5 Dry decals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
12.5.1 Allow to dry overnight 8
12.4.6 Apply clear spray to decals 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket 1
12.5 Apply large decals 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
12.5.1 Peel backing 1
12.5.2 Cut away backing 1
12.5.3 Align decal 1
12.5.4 Peel off backing 1
12.5.5 Smooth decal 1
RESOURCE TOTALS
228
TOTAL DURATION ESTIMATE
RESOURCE RATES
RESOURCE COSTS
$1,008.00
$945.00
$392.00
$176.00
$46.00
$15.00
$143.00
$0.00
$2,725.00
TOTAL RESOURCE COST
M&E List
WBS #
WBS Task
Ball Point Pen
Scissors
Tube Marking Guide
Knife
Ruler
Sandpaper
Masking Tape
Enamel Spray Paint
Sanding Primer
Pencil
Shroud Lines
Engine Hook
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
3.0 Fin Preparation
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
6.0 Fin Attachment
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment
10.0 Parachute Assembly
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
12.0 Finishing Rocket
M&E Forecast
WBS # TASKS
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
Day 4
Day 5
Day 6
Day 7
Day 8
Day 9
Day 10
Day 11
Day 12
Day 13
Day 14
Day 15
Day 16
Day 17
Day 18
Day 19
1.1 Locate engine mount parts
1.1.1 Locate light blue engine mount tube
1.1.2 Locate engine hook
1.1.3 Locate green adapter ring 1.2 Laying mount to ruler Ruler
1.2.2 Align with zero mark 1.3 Marking mount Pencil
1.3.2 Mark tube Tube Marking Guide
1.3.2.2 Mark 64 mm 1.4 Cutting mount Knife
1.5 Inserting hook
1.5.1 Insert hook
1.5.2 Extend hook
1.6 Testing adapter ring
1.6.1 Slide ring into front of engine tube
1.6.2 Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark
1.7 Glue & Dry 1.7.1 Apply glue Glue
1.7.1.2 Apply glue to other side
1.7.2 Dry glue
1.7.2.1 Set assembly aside
1.7.2.2 Allow to dry
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1 Locate cord mount parts
2.1.1 Locate cord mount on pattern sheet 2.2 Cut cord mount Scissors
2.3 Crease assembly
2.3.1 Fold on dotted lines
2.3.2 Crease on dotted lines 2.4 Glue mount assembly Glue
2.4.2 Lay end of shock cord in glue
2.5 Fold mount assembly
2.5.1 Fold section 1 2.5.2 Apply glue section 3 Glue
2.6 Clamp mount assembly
2.6.1 Clamp assembly
2.6.2 Allow to dry
3.0 Fin Preparation
3.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.1 Select fin pattern 3.1.2 Cut fin pattern from sheet Scissors
3.2 Trace fin patterns Pencil
3.2.2 Match fin #1
3.2.3 Trace fin #2
3.2.4 Match fin #2
3.2.5 Trace fin #2
3.2.6 Match fin #2 3.3 Cut fin patterns Scissors
3.3.2 Chect fin #1
3.3.3 Cut fin #2
3.3.4 Chect fin #2
3.3.5 Cut fin #3
3.3.6 Chect fin #3
3.4 Save scrap
3.4.1 Set aside piece scrap basa wood 3.5 Course sand fins Sandpaper
3.5.2 Stack fins
3.5.3 Sand fins 3.6 Fine sand fins Sandpaper Sandpaper
3.6.1.1 Round leading edge fin #1
3.6.1.2 Round trailing edge fin #1
3.6.1.3 Streamline training edge fin #1
3.6.2 Fine sand fin #2
3.6.2.1 Round leading edge fin #2
3.6.2.2 Round trailing edge fin #2
3.6.2.3 Streamline training edge fin #2
3.6.3 Fine sand fin #3
3.6.3.1 Round leading edge fin #3
3.6.3.2 Round trailing edge fin #3
3.6.3.3 Streamline training edge fin #3
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
4.1 Locate body tube
4.1.1 Locate body tube 4.2 Measure body tube Ruler
4.3 Spread glue Glue
4.4 Insert engine mount
4.4.1 Insert engine mount assembly into body tube
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
5.1 Locate tube marking guide
5.1.1 Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet 5.1.2 Cut guide alone outline Scissors
5.2 Wrap guide Masking Tape
5.2.2 Tape guide to body tube 5.3 Mark tube Pencil
5.3.1.1 Mark tube for fin #1
5.3.1.2 Mark tube for fin #2
5.3.1.3 Mark tube for fin #3 5.3.2 Write LL on body tube Ball Point Pen
5.4 Draw fin markings Pencil
5.4.1 Fin #1 Ruler
5.4.1.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.2 Fin #2
5.4.2.1 Draw straight line
5.4.2.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.3 Fin #3
5.4.3.1 Draw straight line
5.4.3.2 Extend line 76mm 5.4.4 Draw launch lug line Pencil
5.4.4.1 Draw line 102 mm Ruler
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins Glue
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2
6.1.4 Allow fin #2 to dry
6.1.5 Apply to fin #3
6.1.6 Allow fin #3 to dry 6.2 Apply second layer glue Glue
6.2.2 Set fin #1
6.2.3 Press fin #1
6.2.4 Apply more glue to Fin #2
6.2.5 Set fin #2
6.2.6 Press fin #2
6.2.7 Apply more glue to Fin #3
6.2.8 Set fin #3
6.2.9 Press fin #3
6.3 Adjust fins
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2
6.3.4 Attach fin #2
6.3.5 Adjust fin #3
6.3.6 Attach fin #3
6.4 Set aside to dry
6.4.1 Stand rocket on drying table
6.4.2 Allow fins to dry
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment 7.1 Measure lug attachement Ruler
7.1.2 Mark attachment point Pencil
7.2 Glue lug attachment Glue
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube
7.3 Dry lug attachment
7.3.1 Ensure launch lug alignment
7.3.2 Allow to dry 8.0 Glue Reinforcement Glue
8.1.1 Reinforce fin fin #1
8.1.2 Reinforce fin fin #2
8.1.3 Reinforce fin fin #3
8.2 Reinforce launch lug
8.2.1 Reinforch side 1
8.2.2 Reinforce side 2
8.3 Glue drying
8.3.1 Stand rocket on drying table
8.3.2 Wipe away excess glue
8.3.3 Allow to dry
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment 9.1 Measure body tube Ruler
9.2 Apply glue Glue
9.2.2 Insert cord into tube
9.3 Set mount
9.3.1 Set mount 25mm
9.3.2 Press mount into glue 9.4 Set glue Glue
9.4.2 Allow to dry
10.0 Parachute Assembly 10.1 Cut out parachute
Sissors
10.2 Tape removal
10.2.1 Remove tape
10.2.2 Fold shroud lines 10.2.3 Cut shroud lines Knife
10.3 Tape attachment Masking Tape
10.3.1.1 Attach tape ring #1
10.3.1.2 Attach tape ring #2
10.3.1.3 Attach tape ring #3
10.3.1.4 Attach tape ring #4
10.3.1.5 Attach tape ring #5
10.3.1.6 Attach tape ring #6
10.3.2 Press tape tape rings into place
10.3.2.1 Press tape tape rings into place #1
10.3.2.2 Press tape tape rings into place #2
10.3.2.3 Press tape tape rings into place #3
10.3.2.4 Press tape tape rings into place #4
10.3.2.5 Press tape tape rings into place #5
10.3.2.6 Press tape tape rings into place #6
10.3.3 Punch tape ring holes
10.3.3.1 Punch tape ring holes #1
10.3.3.2 Punch tape ring holes #2
10.3.3.3 Punch tape ring holes #3
10.3.3.4 Punch tape ring holes #4
10.3.3.5 Punch tape ring holes #5
10.3.3.6 Punch tape ring holes #6 10.4 Shroud line assembly Shroud Lines
10.4.2 Tie lines together
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
11.1 Shroud line threading
11.1.1 Thread shroud lines
11.2 Parachute pass throough
11.2.1 Pass parachute through loop
11.3 Line tightening
11.3.1 Pull lines tight
11.4 Shock cord tie down
11.4.1 Tie down shock cord free end
12.0 Finishing Rocket
12.1 Verify dryness
12.1.1 Check to ensure glue joint are dry 12.2 Prime rocket Sanding Primer
12.2.2 Sand rocket body #1
12.2.3 Apply primer coat #2
12.2.4 Sand rocket body #2 12.3 Paint rocket Enamel Spray Paint
12.3.2 Apply paint to rocket
12.3.3 Allow to dry
12.4 Apply Water Decals 12.4.1 Cut decals Sissors
12.4.1.2 Decal #2
12.4.1.3 Decal #3
12.4.1.4 Decal #4
12.4.1.5 Decal #5
12.4.1.6 Decal #6
12.4.1.7 Decal #7
12.4.1.8 Decal #8
12.4.1.9 Decal #9
12.4.1.10 Decal #10
12.4.1.11 Decal #11
12.4.1.12 Decal #12
12.4.1.13 Decal #13
12.4.2 Dip in water
12.4.2.1 Decal #1
12.4.2.2 Decal #2
12.4.2.3 Decal #3
12.4.2.4 Decal #4
12.4.2.5 Decal #5
12.4.2.6 Decal #6
12.4.2.7 Decal #7
12.4.2.8 Decal #8
12.4.2.9 Decal #9
12.4.2.10 Decal #10
12.4.2.11 Decal #11
12.4.2.12 Decal #12
12.4.2.13 Decal #13
12.4.3 Slip decals
12.4.3.1 Decal #1
12.4.3.2 Decal #2
12.4.3.3 Decal #3
12.4.3.4 Decal #4
12.4.3.5 Decal #5
12.4.3.6 Decal #6
12.4.3.7 Decal #7
12.4.3.8 Decal #8
12.4.3.9 Decal #9
12.4.3.10 Decal #10
12.4.3.11 Decal #11
12.4.3.12 Decal #12
12.4.3.13 Decal #13
12.4.4 Blot decals
12.4.4.1 Decal #1
12.4.4.2 Decal #2
12.4.4.3 Decal #3
12.4.4.4 Decal #4
12.4.4.5 Decal #5
12.4.4.6 Decal #6
12.4.4.7 Decal #7
12.4.4.8 Decal #8
12.4.4.9 Decal #9
12.4.4.10 Decal #10
12.4.4.11 Decal #11
12.4.4.12 Decal #12
12.4.4.13 Decal #13
12.4.5 Dry decals
12.5.1 Allow to dry overnight 12.4.6 Apply clear spray to decals Enamel Spray Paint
12.5 Apply large decals
12.5.1 Peel backing 12.5.2 Cut away backing Sissors
12.5.3 Align decal Knife
12.5.5 Smooth decal
2
1
0
2.0 FIN PREPARATION
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Hi-Level WBS
1.0 ASSEMBLE ENGINE MOUNT
1.1 Measure, Mark and Cut Engine Tube
1.2 Cut Engine Tube
1.3
Glue
1.3.1 Apply thin line of glue completely around engine at 3/4″ mark
1.3.2 Position Hook per diagram
1.3.3 Insert Engine Hook into 1/8″ Slit on Engine Mount Tube
1.4 Assemble Mylar Ring to Tube
1.5 Assemble Yellow Engine Block to Engine Mount Tube
1.6 Assemble Centering Rings
1.7 Application of Glue Fillets
2.1 Sand/Cut fins
2.2 Cutting Out Fins
2.3 Stack and Sand Fins
3.0 MARK FIN AND LAUNCH LUG LINES
3.1 Cut Tape
3.2 Remove guide, connect fins and lug lines, extend LL line
3.3 Extend Launch Lug Line
4.0 INSERTING ENGINE MOUNT
4.1 Mark inside of tube @ 5/8″ where LL is
4.2 Glue Tube
4.3 Assemble Engine Hook
4.4 Gluing Center Body Ring
5.0 ATTACH FINS
5.1 Attach Fin #1
5.2 Attach Fin #2
5.3 Attach Fin #3
5.4 Attach Fin #4
5.5 Check Fin Alignment
5.6 Allow glue to dry
6.0 ATTACH SHOCK CORD
6.1 Cut out shock cord mount
6.2 First Glue Application
6.3 Second Glue Application
6.4 Squueze and Hold
6.5 Attaching Shock Cord Mount
7.0 ASSEMBLE NOSE CONE
7.1 Glue nose cone
8.0 ATTACH PARACHUTE/SHOCK CORD
8.1 Attach Lines
8.2 Attach Parachute
8.3 Tie Lines
9.0 ATTACH LAUNCH LUG
9.1 Glue launch lines
9.2 Application of Glue Fillets
10.0 PAINTING THE ROCKET
10.1 Apply first coat
10.2 Sand
10.3 Apply final coat
11.0 APPLICATION OF DECALS
11.1 Apply first decal
11.2 Apply second decal
11.3 Apply third decal
11.4 Apply fourth decal
11.5 Apply fifth decal
11.6 Apply sixth Decal
11.7 Apply seventh Decal
12.0 APPLYING CLEAR COAT
12.1 Apply clear coat to entire rocket
13.0 DISPLAY NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
13.1 Spray Nozzle Base White
13.2 Apply Glue
14.0 ROCKET PREFLIGHT
14.1 Prepare Rocket for Preflight
14.2 Spike
14.3 Fold
14.4 Roll
14.5 Reinsert
15.0 PREPARE FOR TEST LAUNCH
15.1 Insert Engine
Activity List
1.0 ASSEMBLE ENGINE MOUNT
1.1 Measure, Mark and Cut Engine Tube
–
1.1.1 Lay ruler along engine tube
-1.1.2 Measure engine from left of engine tube tube @ 1/8″
-1.1.3 Mark left end of Engine Tube @ 1/8′
-1.1.4 Measure engine from left of engine tube @ 3/4″
-1.1.5 Mark from left of EngineTube @ 3/4″
-1.1.6 Measure engine tube from left of engine tube @ 11/2″
-1.1.7 Mark from left of Engine Tube @ 1 1/2″
-1.2 Cut Engine Tube
-1.2.1 Cut Slit of 1/8″ @ 1 1/2 inch Mark on Engine Tube
-1.3 Glue, Tube, Assemble Hook
-1.3.1 Apply thin line of glue completely around engine at 3/4″ mark
-1.3.2 Position Hook per diagram
-1.3.3 Insert Engine Hook into 1/8″ Slit on Engine Mount Tube
-1.4 Assemble Mylar Ring to Tube
-1.4.1 Slide Mylar ring onto Engline Mount tube at 3/4″ mark
–
1.4.2 Let Dry
-1.5 Assemble Yellow Engine Block to Engine Mount Tube
–
1.5.1 Apply glue inside front of Engine Mount tube
–
1.5.2 Insert Yellow Engine Block flush with the right end per diagram
–
1.5.3 Let Dry
-1.6 Assemble Centering Rings
–
1.6.1 Remove Centering rings from card with modeling knife
-1.6.2 Apply thin line of Glue around engine mount tube @ 1/8″ mark
-1.6.3 Slide notched Centering Ring onto glued line @ 1/8″ mark
–
1.6.4 Let Glue Set
–
1.6.5 Apply thin line of Glue to opposite side of notched center ring flush with end of engine mount tube
-1.6.6 Slide unnotched Centering Ring in place over glue flush with end of engine tube mount
–
1.6.7 Let Dry
-1.7 Application of Glue Fillets
–
1.7.1 Apply Glue Fillets to both sides of Centering Rings for reinforcement
–
1.7.2 Let Dry
-2.1 Sand/Cut fins
–
2.1.1 Sand Laser Cut Balsa Sheet w/Fine Sandpaper
-2.2 Cutting Out Fins
2.2.1 Cut out fin #1 w/modeling knife
2.2.2 Cut out fin #2 w/modeling knife
2.2.3 Cut out fin #3 w/ modeling knife
2.2.4 Cut out fin #4 w/modeling knife
-2.3 Stack and Sand Fins
–
2.3.1 Stack Fins
–
2.3.2 Sand Edges of fins
–
3.1 Cut – Tape
3.1.1 Cut out tube marking guide
–
3.1.2 Tape tube marking guide around body tube
–
3.1.3 Mark body tube at arrows
–
3.1.4 Mark Launch Lug Line as LL on Body tube
-3.2 Remove guide, connect fins and lug lines, extend LL line
–
3.2.1 Remove Tube Marking guide from body tube
–
3.2.2 Connect Fins using door frame
–
3.2.3 Connect launch lug lines using door frame
-3.3 Extend Launch Lug Line
-3.3.1 Extend launch lug line 3 3/4″ from end of tube
-4.1 Mark inside of tube @ 5/8″ where LL is
-4.1.1 Measure inside tube to 5/8″ position on tube
-4.1.2 Mark inside tube at 5/8″
-4.2 Glue Tube
–
4.2.1 Measure inside rear of body tube to 1 3/4′ position on tube
-4.2.2 Use finger to smear glue 1 3/4″ inside rear of body tube along LL.
-4.3 Assemble Engine Hook
–
4.3.1 Align engine hook with LL line
-4.3.2 Insert engine mount into body tube until centering ring is even w/the 5/8″ glue mark
–
4.3.3 Let Dry
-4.4 Gluing Center Body Ring
–
4.4.1 Locate scrap piece of balsa to apply glue
–
4.4.2 Apply glue to centering/body tube joint
–
4.4.3 Let Dry
-5.1 Attach Fin #1
–
5.1.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin
–
5.1.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model)
–
5.1.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin
–
5.1.4 Attach Fin to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end
-5.2 Attach Fin #2
–
5.2.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin#2
–
5.2.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model)
–
5.2.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #2
–
5.2.4 Attach Fin #2 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end
-5.3 Attach Fin #3
–
5.3.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin #3
–
5.3.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model)
–
5.3.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #3
–
5.3.4 Attach Fin #3 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end
-5.4 Attach Fin #4
–
5.4.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin #4
–
5.4.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model)
–
5.4.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #4
–
5.4.4 Attach Fin #4 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end
-5.5 Check Fin Alignment
–
5.5.1 Check Fin #1 Alignment as shown in diagram
–
5.5.2 Check Fin #2 Alignment as shown in diagram
–
5.5.3 Check Fin #3 Alignment as shown in diagram
–
5.5.4 Check Fin #4 Alignment as shown in diagram
-5.6 Allow glue to dry
–
5.6.1 Let Glue Set
–
5.6.2 Stand Rocket on end
–
5.6.3 let glue dries completely
-6.1 Cut out shock cord mount
–
6.1.1 Cut out shock cord from front page
-6.2 First Glue Application
–
6.2.1 Attach shock cord to shock cord mount
–
6.2.2 Apply glue to shock cord mount
–
6.2.3 Fold edge of shock cord mount forward over glued shock cord
-6.3 Second Glue Application
–
6.3.1 Apply glue to shock cord mount
–
6.3.2 Fold forward again-see diagram for clarification
-6.4 Squueze and Hold
–
6.4.1 Squeeze shock cord/shock cord mount tightly
–
6.4.2 Hold for 1 minute
-6.5 Attaching Shock Cord Mount
-6.5.1 Glue mount 1″ inside body tube
–
6.5.2 Hold until glue sets
–
6.5.3 Let Dry Completely
-7.1 Glue nose cone
-7.1.1 Apply plastic cememt to inside rim of nose cone
–
7.1.2 Press Nose Cone Insert into place over plastic cement inside of nose cone rim
-7.1.3 Let Dry Completely
-8.1 Attach Lines
-8.1.1 Pass shroud line on parachute through eyelit
-8.2 Attach Parachute
-8.2.1 Pass parachute through loop in shroud-look to diagram for clarification
-8.3 Tie Lines
–
8.3.1 Tie shock cord to nose cone using a double knot
-9.1 Glue launch lines
-9.1.1 Glue LL centerd onto LL Line on rocket body
-9.2 Application of Glue Fillets
–
9.2.1 Apply glue fillets along launch lug
–
9.2.2 Apply glue fillets along fin/body tube joints
–
9.2.3 Smooth each fillet with finger
-9.2.4 Let glue dry completely
-10.1 Apply first coat
–
10.1.1 Spray rocket with white primer
–
10.1.2 Let Dry
-10.2 Sand
–
10.1.2 Sand entire rocket
-10.3 Apply final coat
-10.3.1 Spray completed rocket with white second coat of primer
-10.3.2 Let Dry
–
10.3.3 Spray Nose Cone with Copper paint
–
10.3.4 Let Dry
-11.1 Apply first decal
–
11.1.1 Remove First decal from back sheet
-11.1.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
-11.1.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
-11.2 Apply second decal
–
11.2.1 Remove second decal from backing sheet
–
11.2.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
–
11.2.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
-11.3 Apply third decal
-11.3.1 Remove third decal from backing sheet
–
11.3.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
–
11.3.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
-11.4 Apply fourth decal
–
11.4.1 Remove fourth decal from backing sheet
–
11.4.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
–
11.4.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
-11.5 Apply fifth decal
–
11.5.1 Remove fifth decal from backing sheet
–
11.5.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
-11.5.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
-11.6 Apply sixth Decal
-11.6.1 Remove sixth decal from backing sheet
–
11.6.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
–
11.6.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
-11.7 Apply seventh Decal
–
11.7.1 Remove seventh decal from backing sheet
–
11.7.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
-11.7.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
-12.1 Apply clear coat to entire rocket
12.1.1 Apply clear coat to entire rocket
12.1.2 Dry Completely
-13.1 Spray Nozzle Base White
–
13.1.1 Paint Nozzle #1 w/Silver Paint Pen
–
13.1.2 Paint Nozzle #2 w/ Silver Paint Pen
–
13.1.3 Paint Nozzle #3 w/ Silver Paint Pen
–
13.1.4 Paint Nozzle #4 w/ Silver Paint Pen
-13.1.5 Allow to dry
-13.2 Apply Glue
-13.2.1 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #1
–
13.2.2 Place Nozzle #1 into hole on base
-13.2.3 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #2
-13.2.4 Place Nozzle #2 into hole on base
-13.2.5 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #3
-13.2.6 Place Nozzle #3 into hole on base
-13.2.7 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #4
-13.2.8 Place Nozzle #4 into hole on base
14.1 prepare
–
14.1.1 Remove Nose Cone from Rocket
–
14.1.2 Locate recovery wadding
–
14.1.3 Insert 4-5 loosely crumpled squares of recovery wadding
–
14.2.1 Pull parachute into a spike-see diagram for clarification
–
14.3.1 Fold parachute according to diagram
–
14.4.1 Roll parachute according to diagram
14.5 Re-insert
-14.5.1 Wrap lines loosly around rolled parachute-see diagram for clarification
–
14.5.2 Insert parachute into body tube of rocket
–
14.5.3 Insert shock cord into body tube of rocket
–
14.5.4 Insert nose cone into body tube of rocket
-15.1 Insert Engine
–
15.1.1 Remove engine
–
15.1.2 Insert tip to touch propellant
–
15.1.3 Insert engine into rocket
Decomposed WBS
1.0 ASSEMBLE ENGINE MOUNT
1.1 Measure, Mark and Cut Engine Tube “
1.1.1 Lay ruler along engine tube
1.1.2 Measure engine from left of engine tube @ 1/8″””
1.1.3 Mark left end of engine Tube @ 1/8′
1.1.4 Measure engine from left of engine tube @ 3/4″””
1.1.5 Mark from left of engine tube @ 3/4″” “
1.1.6 Measure engine tube from left of engine tube @ 11/2″””
1.1.7 Mark from left of engine tube @ 1 1/2″””
1.2.1 Cut Slit of 1/8″” @ 1 1/2 inch Mark on Engine Tube”
1.3 Glue, Tube, Assemble Hook “
1.3.1 Apply thin line of glue completely around engine at 3/4″” mark”
1.3.3 Insert Engine Hook into 1/8″” Slit on Engine Mount Tube”
1.4.1 Slide Mylar ring onto Engine Mount tube at 3/4″” mark “
1.4.2 Let Dry
1.5.1 Apply glue inside front of Engine Mount tube
1.5.2 Insert Yellow Engine Block flush with the right end per diagram
1.5.3 Let Dry
1.6.1 Remove Centering rings from card with modeling knife
1.6.2 Apply thin line of Glue around engine mount tube @ 1/8″” mark”
1.6.3 Slide notched Centering Ring onto glued line @ 1/8″” mark”
1.6.4 Let Glue Set
1.6.5 Apply thin line of Glue to opposite side of notched center ring flush with end of engine mount tube
1.6.6 Slide un-notched Centering Ring in place over glue flush with end of engine tube mount
1.6.7 Let Dry
1.7.1 Apply Glue Fillets to both sides of Centering Rings for reinforcement
1.7.2 Let Dry
2.1 Sand/Cut fins 2.1.1 Sand Laser Cut Balsa Sheet w/Fine Sandpaper
2.2.1 Cut out fin #1 w/modeling knife
2.2.2 Cut out fin #2 w/modeling knife
2.2.3 Cut out fin #3 w/ modeling knife
2.2.4 Cut out fin #4 w/modeling knife
2.3 Stack and Sand Fins 2.3.1 Stack Fins
2.3.2 Sand Edges of fins
3.1 Cut – Tape
3.1.2 Cut out tube marking guide
3.1.2 Tape tube marking guide around body tube
3.1.3 Mark body tube at arrows
3.1.4 Mark Launch Lug Line as LL on Body tube
3.2 Remove guide, connect fins and lug lines, extend LL line”
3.2.1 Remove Tube Marking guide from body tube
3.2.2 Connect Fins using door frame
3.2.3 Connect launch lug lines using door frame
3.3.1 Extend launch lug line 3 3/4″” from end of tube”
4.1 Mark inside of tube @ 5/8″” where LL is”
4.1.1 Measure inside tube to 5/8″” position on tube”
4.1.2 Mark inside tube at 5/8″””
4.2.1 Measure inside rear of body tube to 1 3/4′ position on tube
4.2.2 Use finger to smear glue 1 3/4″” inside rear of body tube along LL.”
4.3.1 Align engine hook with LL line
4.3.2 Insert engine mount into body tube until centering ring is even w/the 5/8″” glue mark”
4.3.3 Let Dry
4.4.1 Locate scrap piece of balsa to apply glue
4.4.2 Apply glue to centering/body tube joint
4.4.3 Let Dry
5.1 Attach Fin #1 5.1.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin
5.1.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model)
5.1.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin
5.1.4 Attach Fin to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end
5.2.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin#2
5.2.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model)
5.2.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #2
5.2.4 Attach Fin #2 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end
5.3.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin #3
5.3.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model)
5.3.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #3
5.3.4 Attach Fin #3 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end
5.4.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin #4
5.4.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model)
5.4.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #4
5.4.4 Attach Fin #4 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end
5.5.1 Check Fin #1 Alignment as shown in diagram
5.5.2 Check Fin #2 Alignment as shown in diagram
5.5.3 Check Fin #3 Alignment as shown in diagram
5.5.4 Check Fin #4 Alignment as shown in diagram
5.6.1 Let Glue Set
5.6.2 Stand Rocket on end
5.6.3 let glue dries completely
6.1 Cut out shock cord mount 6.1.1 Cut out shock cord from front page
6.2.1 Attach shock cord to shock cord mount
6.2.2 Apply glue to shock cord mount
6.2.3 Fold edge of shock cord mount forward over glued shock cord
6.3.1 Apply glue to shock cord mount
6.3.2 Fold forward again-see diagram for clarification
6.4 Squeeze and Hold
6.4.1 Squeeze shock cord/shock cord mount tightly
6.4.2 Hold for 1 minute
6.5.1 Glue mount 1″” inside body tube”
6.5.2 Hold until glue sets
6.5.3 Let Dry Completely
7.1 Glue nose cone
7.1.1 Apply plastic cement to inside rim of nose cone
7.1.2 Press Nose Cone Insert into place over plastic cement inside of nose cone rim
7.1.3 Let Dry Completely
8.1 Attach Lines
8.1.1 Pass shroud line on parachute through eyelet
8.2.1 Pass parachute through loop in shroud-look to diagram for clarification
8.3.1 Tie shock cord to nose cone using a double knot
9.1 Glue launch lines
9.1.1 Glue LL centered onto LL Line on rocket body
9.2.1 Apply glue fillets along launch lug
9.2.2 Apply glue fillets along fin/body tube joints
9.2.3 Smooth each fillet with finger
9.2.4 Let glue dry completely
10.1 Apply first coat 10.1.1 Spray rocket with white primer
10.1.2 Let Dry
10.1.2 Sand entire rocket
10.3.1 Spray completed rocket with white second coat of primer
10.3.2 Let Dry
10.3.3 Spray Nose Cone with Copper paint
10.3.4 Let Dry
11.1 Apply first decal 11.1.1 Remove First decal from back sheet
11.1.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
11.1.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
11.2.1 Remove second decal from backing sheet
11.2.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
11.2.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
11.3.1 Remove third decal from backing sheet
11.3.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
11.3.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
11.4.1 Remove fourth decal from backing sheet
11.4.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
11.4.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
11.5.1 Remove fifth decal from backing sheet
11.5.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
11.5.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
11.6.1 Remove sixth decal from backing sheet
11.6.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
11.6.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
11.7 Apply seventh Decal
11.7.1 Remove seventh decal from backing sheet
11.7.2 Place on Rocket where indicated
11.7.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles
12.1 Apply clear coat to entire rocket
12.1.1 Apply clear coat to entire rocket
12.1.2 Dry Completely
13.0 DISPLAY NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
13.1 Spray Nozzle Base White 13.1.1 Paint Nozzle #1 w/Silver Paint Pen
13.1.2 Paint Nozzle #2 w/ Silver Paint Pen
13.1.3 Paint Nozzle #3 w/ Silver Paint Pen
13.1.4 Paint Nozzle #4 w/ Silver Paint Pen
13.1.5 Allow to dry
13.2.1 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #1
13.2.2 Place Nozzle #1 into hole on base
13.2.3 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #2
13.2.4 Place Nozzle #2 into hole on base
13.2.5 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #3
13.2.6 Place Nozzle #3 into hole on base
13.2.7 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #4
13.2.8 Place Nozzle #4 into hole on base
14.1 Prepare Rocket for Preflight 14.1.1 Remove Nose Cone from Rocket
14.1.2 Locate recovery wadding
14.1.3 Insert 4-5 loosely crumpled squares of recovery wadding
14.2.1 Pull parachute into a spike-see diagram for clarification
14.3.1 Fold parachute according to diagram
14.4.1 Roll parachute according to diagram
14.5.1 Wrap lines loosely around rolled parachute-see diagram for clarification
14.5.2 Insert parachute into body tube of rocket
14.5.3 Insert shock cord into body tube of rocket
14.5.4 Insert nose cone into body tube of rocket
15.0 PREPARE FOR TEST LAUNCH
15.1.1 Remove engine
15.1.2 Insert tip to touch propellant
15.1.3 Insert engine into rocket
Cost
Resource types – estimates in man-hours for
Duration
TASKS
Fitter
Draftsman
Gluer
Cutter
SanderI
SanderII
Painter I
Painter II
Engineer
Dummy
1.0 ASSEMBLE ENGINE MOUNT 14
30
40
95
1.1 Measure, Mark and Cut Engine Tube ” 5 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.1.1 Lay ruler along engine tube 5
1.1.2 Measure engine from left of engine tube @ 1/8″”” 5
1.1.3 Mark left end of engine Tube @ 1/8′ 5
1.1.4 Measure engine from left of engine tube @ 3/4″”” 5
1.1.5 Mark from left of engine tube @ 3/4″” ” 5
1.1.6 Measure engine tube from left of engine tube @ 11/2″”” 5
1.1.7 Mark from left of engine tube @ 1 1/2″”” 5
1.2 Cut Engine Tube 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.2.1 Cut Slit of 1/8″” @ 1 1/2 inch Mark on Engine Tube” 2
1.3 Glue, Tube, Assemble Hook ” 5 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.3.1 Apply thin line of glue completely around engine at 3/4″” mark” 2
1.3.2 Position Hook per diagram 2
1.3.3 Insert Engine Hook into 1/8″” Slit on Engine Mount Tube” 3
1.4 Assemble Mylar Ring to Tube 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
1.4.1 Slide Mylar ring onto Engine Mount tube at 3/4″” mark ” 1
1.4.2 Let Dry 8
1.5 Assemble Yellow Engine Block to Engine Mount Tube 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
1.5.1 Apply glue inside front of Engine Mount tube 1
1.5.2 Insert Yellow Engine Block flush with the right end per diagram 1
1.5.3 Let Dry 8
1.6 Assemble Centering Rings 2 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0
16
1.6.1 Remove Centering rings from card with modeling knife 2
1.6.2 Apply thin line of Glue around engine mount tube @ 1/8″” mark” 1
1.6.3 Slide notched Centering Ring onto glued line @ 1/8″” mark” 1
1.6.4 Let Glue Set 8
1.6.5 Apply thin line of Glue to opposite side of notched center ring flush with end of engine mount tube 1
1.6.6 Slide un-notched Centering Ring in place over glue flush with end of engine tube mount 1
1.6.7 Let Dry 8
1.7 Application of Glue Fillets 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
1.7.1 Apply Glue Fillets to both sides of Centering Rings for reinforcement 2
1.7.2 Let Dry 8
2.0 FIN PREPARATION 2 0 0 12 16 0 0 0 0 0 30
2.1 Sand/Cut fins 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0
2.1.1 Sand Laser Cut Balsa Sheet w/Fine Sandpaper 8
2.2 Cutting Out Fins 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0
2.2.1 Cut out fin #1 w/modeling knife 3
2.2.2 Cut out fin #2 w/modeling knife 3
2.2.3 Cut out fin #3 w/ modeling knife 3
2.2.4 Cut out fin #4 w/modeling knife 3
2.3 Stack and Sand Fins 2 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0
2.3.1 Stack Fins 2
2.3.2 Sand Edges of fins 8
3.0 MARK FIN AND LAUNCH LUG LINES
19
33
3.1 Cut – Tape 3 8 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
3.1.2 Cut out tube marking guide 2
3.1.2 Tape tube marking guide around body tube 3
3.1.3 Mark body tube at arrows 4
3.1.4 Mark Launch Lug Line as LL on Body tube 4
3.2 Remove guide, connect fins and lug lines, extend LL line” 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3.2.1 Remove Tube Marking guide from body tube 4
3.2.2 Connect Fins using door frame 4
3.2.3 Connect launch lug lines using door frame 8
3.3 Extend Launch Lug Line 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3.3.1 Extend launch lug line 3 3/4″” from end of tube” 4
4.0 INSERTING ENGINE MOUNT 11 10 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 16
43
4.1 Mark inside of tube @ 5/8″” where LL is” 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4.1.1 Measure inside tube to 5/8″” position on tube” 4
4.1.2 Mark inside tube at 5/8″”” 3
4.2 Glue Tube 0 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4.2.1 Measure inside rear of body tube to 1 3/4′ position on tube 3
4.2.2 Use finger to smear glue 1 3/4″” inside rear of body tube along LL.” 2
4.3 Assemble Engine Hook 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
4.3.1 Align engine hook with LL line 5
4.3.2 Insert engine mount into body tube until centering ring is even w/the 5/8″” glue mark” 5
4.3.3 Let Dry 8
4.4 Gluing Center Body Ring 1 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
4.4.1 Locate scrap piece of balsa to apply glue 1
4.4.2 Apply glue to centering/body tube joint 4
4.4.3 Let Dry 8
5.0 ATTACH FINS
20
17
73
5.1 Attach Fin #1 4 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
5.1.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin 3
5.1.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model) 1
5.1.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin 2
5.1.4 Attach Fin to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end 4
5.2 Attach Fin #2 4 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
5.2.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin#2 3
5.2.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model) 1
5.2.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #2 2
5.2.4 Attach Fin #2 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end 4
5.3 Attach Fin #3 4 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
5.3.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin #3 3
5.3.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model) 1
5.3.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #3 2
5.3.4 Attach Fin #3 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end 4
5.4 Attach Fin #4 4 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
5.4.1 Apply thin layer of glue to edge of fin #4 3
5.4.2 Allow to dry (1 minute for model) 1
5.4.3 Apply second layer of glue to edge of fin #4 2
5.4.4 Attach Fin #4 to body tube along one of fin lines flush w/end 4
5.5 Check Fin Alignment 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.5.1 Check Fin #1 Alignment as shown in diagram 4
5.5.2 Check Fin #2 Alignment as shown in diagram 4
5.5.3 Check Fin #3 Alignment as shown in diagram 4
5.5.4 Check Fin #4 Alignment as shown in diagram 4
5.6 Allow glue to dry 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13
5.6.1 Let Glue Set 5
5.6.2 Stand Rocket on end 4
5.6.3 let glue dries completely 8
6.0 ATTACH SHOCK CORD 16 0 19 5 0 0 0 0 0 8
48
6.1 Cut out shock cord mount 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0
6.1.1 Cut out shock cord from front page 5
6.2 First Glue Application 8 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6.2.1 Attach shock cord to shock cord mount 4
6.2.2 Apply glue to shock cord mount 4
6.2.3 Fold edge of shock cord mount forward over glued shock cord 4
6.3 Second Glue Application 4 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6.3.1 Apply glue to shock cord mount 4
6.3.2 Fold forward again-see diagram for clarification 4
6.4 Squeeze and Hold 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6.4.1 Squeeze shock cord/shock cord mount tightly 2
6.4.2 Hold for 1 minute 4
6.5 Attaching Shock Cord Mount 4 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
6.5.1 Glue mount 1″” inside body tube” 4 4
6.5.2 Hold until glue sets 1
6.5.3 Let Dry Completely 8
7.0 ASSEMBLE NOSE CONE 4 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 16
7.1 Glue nose cone 4 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
7.1.1 Apply plastic cement to inside rim of nose cone 4
7.1.2 Press Nose Cone Insert into place over plastic cement inside of nose cone rim 4
7.1.3 Let Dry Completely 8
8.0 ATTACH PARACHUTE/SHOCK CORD
18
8.1 Attach Lines 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8.1.1 Pass shroud line on parachute through eyelet 7
8.2 Attach Parachute 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8.2.1 Pass parachute through loop in shroud-look to diagram for clarification 5
8.3 Tie Lines 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8.3.1 Tie shock cord to nose cone using a double knot 6
9.0 ATTACH LAUNCH LUG 0 0
24
32
9.1 Glue launch lines 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.1 Glue LL centered onto LL Line on rocket body 4
9.2 Application of Glue Fillets 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
9.2.1 Apply glue fillets along launch lug 4
9.2.2 Apply glue fillets along fin/body tube joints 12
9.2.3 Smooth each fillet with finger 4
9.2.4 Let glue dry completely 8
10.0 PAINTING THE ROCKET 0 0 0 0 1 16 8 48 0 24
97
10.1 Apply first coat 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 8
10.1.1 Spray rocket with white primer 8
10.1.2 Let Dry 8
10.2 Sand 0 0 0 0 1 16 0 0 0 0
10.1.2 Sand entire rocket 1 16
10.3 Apply final coat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 0 16
10.3.1 Spray completed rocket with white second coat of primer 16
10.3.2 Let Dry 8
10.3.3 Spray Nose Cone with Copper paint 32
10.3.4 Let Dry 8
11.0 APPLICATION OF DECALS 0
35
11.1 Apply first decal 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.1.1 Remove First decal from back sheet 1
11.1.2 Place on Rocket where indicated 3
11.1.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles 1
11.2 Apply second decal 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.2.1 Remove second decal from backing sheet 1
11.2.2 Place on Rocket where indicated 3
11.2.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles 1
11.3 Apply third decal 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.3.1 Remove third decal from backing sheet 1
11.3.2 Place on Rocket where indicated 3
11.3.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles 1
11.4 Apply fourth decal 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.4.1 Remove fourth decal from backing sheet 1
11.4.2 Place on Rocket where indicated 3
11.4.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles 1
11.5 Apply fifth decal 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.5.1 Remove fifth decal from backing sheet 1
11.5.2 Place on Rocket where indicated 3
11.5.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles 1
11.6 Apply sixth Decal 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.6.1 Remove sixth decal from backing sheet 1
11.6.2 Place on Rocket where indicated 3
11.6.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles 1
11.7 Apply seventh Decal 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.7.1 Remove seventh decal from backing sheet 1
11.7.2 Place on Rocket where indicated 3
11.7.3 Rub decal to remove bubbles 1
12.0 APPLYING CLEAR COAT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 8 16
12.1 Apply clear coat to entire rocket 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 8
12.1.1 Apply clear coat to entire rocket 8
12.1.2 Dry Completely 8
13.0 DISPLAY NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 8 0 8 0 0 0 9 0 0 8 33
13.1 Spray Nozzle Base White 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 8
13.1.1 Paint Nozzle #1 w/Silver Paint Pen 2
13.1.2 Paint Nozzle #2 w/ Silver Paint Pen 2
13.1.3 Paint Nozzle #3 w/ Silver Paint Pen 2
13.1.4 Paint Nozzle #4 w/ Silver Paint Pen 3
13.1.5 Allow to dry 8
13.2 Apply Glue 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13.2.1 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #1 2
13.2.2 Place Nozzle #1 into hole on base 2
13.2.3 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #2 2
13.2.4 Place Nozzle #2 into hole on base 2
13.2.5 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #3 2
13.2.6 Place Nozzle #3 into hole on base 2
13.2.7 Apply glue to tab on nozzle #4 2
13.2.8 Place Nozzle #4 into hole on base 2
14.0 ROCKET PREFLIGHT
42
14.1 Prepare Rocket for Preflight 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
14.1.1 Remove Nose Cone from Rocket 6
14.1.2 Locate recovery wadding 1
14.1.3 Insert 4-5 loosely crumpled squares of recovery wadding 6
14.2 Spike 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
14.2.1 Pull parachute into a spike-see diagram for clarification 4
14.3 Fold 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
14.3.1 Fold parachute according to diagram 4
14.4 Roll 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
14.4.1 Roll parachute according to diagram 4
14.5 Re-insert 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
14.5.1 Wrap lines loosely around rolled parachute-see diagram for clarification 5
14.5.2 Insert parachute into body tube of rocket 6
14.5.3 Insert shock cord into body tube of rocket 2
14.5.4 Insert nose cone into body tube of rocket 4
15.0 PREPARE FOR TEST LAUNCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 0 32
15.1 Insert Engine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 0
15.1.1 Remove engine 10
15.1.2 Insert tip to touch propellant 10
15.1.3 Insert engine into rocket 12
RESOURCE
TOTAL
154
103
88
23
56
137
643
Add resource totals as cross check
RESOURCE HOURLY RATES
$50
$40.00
$25
$30.00
$55.00
$36
BLENDED RATES
RESOURCE COSTS
$7,700.00
$4,120.00
$2,200.00
$920.00
$425.00
$480.00
$1,680.00
$1,760.00
$19,710.00
Number Staff Hours
Week-1
27
Week-2
Week-3
Week-4
Week-5
Week-6
Week-7
Week-8
Week-9
Week-10
Week-11
Spend Plan-Baseline
CATEGORY
Week 1
Week 2
Week 3
Week 4
Week 5
Week 6
Week 7
Week 8
Week 9
Week 10
Week 11
Week 12
Week 13
Week 14
Week 15
Week 16
Labor
$21,600
$11,520
$4,320
$1,
44
$5,760
$2,880
$64,800
Material
$15,685
$2,500
$5,800
$0
$375
$270
$650
$1,875
$550
$50,000
$77,705
Equipment
$1,025
parts
TOTAL
$38,310
$14,020
$10,120
$1,815
$6,030
$2,090
$7,635
$3,430
$51,440
$143,530
CUMULATIVE
$52,330
$62,450
$66,770
$71,090
$72,905
$78,935
$81,025
$88,660
$92,090
PROJECT BASELINE
EAC=
GANTT Schedule
Week 1 Week 2 Week 3 Week 4 Week 5 Week 6 Week 7 Week 8 Week 9 Week 10 Week 11 Week 12 Week 13 Week 14 Week 15 Week 16
1.0 ASSEMBLE ENGINE MOUNT
¸
2.0 FIN PREPARATION ¸
3.0 MARK FIN AND LAUNCH LUG LINES ¸
4.0 INSERTING ENGINE MOUNT ¸
5.0 ATTACH FINS ¸
6.0 ATTACH SHOCK CORD ¸
7.0 ASSEMBLE NOSE CONE ¸
8.0 ATTACH PARACHUTE/SHOCK CORD ¸
9.0 ATTACH LAUNCH LUG ¸
10.0 PAINTING THE ROCKET ¸
11.0 APPLICATION OF DECALS ¸
12.0 APPLYING CLEAR COAT ¸
13.0 DISPLAY NOZZLE ASSEMBLY ¸
14.0 ROCKET PREFLIGHT ¸
15.0 PREPARE FOR TEST LAUNCH ¸
¸
Customer approval and sign-off of del;iverable
Network Diagram
0
95h
1:
Assemble Engine Mount 0 0 95 95
4
3h
138
307
35h
342
4:
Insert Engine Mount11:
Application of Decals 0
33h
73h
211
32h
243
3:
Mark Fin & LL Lines5:
Attach Fins9:
Attach Launch Lug 138 0 211 211 0 243
342
16h
358
0
30h
12:
Applying Clear Coat
2:
Fin Preparation
108
0
44h
64h
42h
400
6:
Attach Shock Cord10:
Painting the Rocket14:
Rocket Pre-Flight
196
240
47
8:
Attach Chute Shock Cord 0 16h 16 240
198
7:
Assemble Nose Cone
432
224
15:
Prepare for Test Launch 400 0 432
0 32h 32
13:
Display Nozzle Assembly 400 400 432
Legend
Early Start
Early Finish
Task Name
Late
StartSlack
Late Finish
M& E Forecast
Code
Item
Equipment $1,025 $1,025 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Scissors x 10
$100
Pencil x10
Ruler x10
Modeling Knife x 5
Guide, Tube Marking
$500
Tool, Framing x 1
$125
Tool, Fin Alignment x 1
Material $77,705 $15,685 $2,500 $5,800 $0 $0 $375 $270 $650 $1,875 $550 $50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Guide, Shock Cord Mount
$250
Sand Paper (Course)
$75
Sand Paper (Fine)
Glue
$150
Cement
$120
Tape, Masking
Primer, Spray
$110
Paint, Spray (White)
$160
Paint, Spray (Clear)
Pen, Paint (Silver)
Tube, Body BT-58
Block, Engine EB-5B
$5,000
Cord, Shock, Rubber
$115
Hook, Mini Engine EH-3
$300
Tube, Engine Mount BT-5
Ring, Retainer (Mylar)
Sheet, Decal #60859
Card, Centering Ring RA5-58
Lug Launch LL-2A
Fins, Laser Cut x4
$4,000
Parachute Assembly 12′ x 1
Base, Nozzle, Display x 1
$750
Nozzles x 4
$1,000
Cone, Nose x 1
$3,000
Insert, Nose Cone x 1
$1,200
Wadding, Recovery x 1pk
Engine Assembly, A10-3T x 1
TOTAL
$16,710
The Basics
Jeff Tyler, PMP
July 2008
Welcome to Kaplan’s Introduction to MS Project. This tutorial is designed to provide you with a basic understanding on using Microsoft Project with your Kaplan assignments. Most of the instructions cover all versions of MS Project from 2000-2007. IF you run into something that doesn’t seem top work please contact your instructor for the subtle difference of your version of MS Project.
Build a Plan
Track and Manage a Project
Close a Project
*
Time: The time to complete the project reflected in your project schedule.
Cost: The project budget, based on the cost of the resources: the people, equipment, and materials required to do the tasks.
Quality: Meeting the stated requirements; no more, no less.
Scope: The goals and tasks of the project and the work required to complete them.
If only you could foresee your project’s future….
In a way you can, if you understand three factors that shape every project:
Time: The time to complete the project reflected in your project schedule.
Money: The project budget, based on the cost of the resources: the people, equipment, and materials required to do the tasks.
Scope: The goals and tasks of the project and the work required to complete them.
This trio of time, money, and scope is the project triangle. Adjusting one of these elements affects the other two. While all three elements are important, typically one will have the most influence on your project.The relationship between these elements differs in every project and determines the kinds of problems you’ll encounter and the solutions you can implement. Knowing where you’re constrained or flexible makes it easier to plan and manage your project.
Like a spreadsheet, Microsoft Project displays results of its calculations immediately.
But the project plan isn’t done until you enter critical information about all tasks.
Only then do you see when your project will end or the dates when tasks are scheduled.
Microsoft Project keeps the information you enter and the information it calculates in fields, which contain specific types of information, such as task names or durations.
In Microsoft Project, each field usually appears in a column.
As project manager, you have a lot to do. How does Microsoft Project help? First, it stores the details about your project in its database. And it uses that information to calculate and maintain the project’s schedule, costs, and other elements, creating a project plan. The more information you provide, the more accurate the plan.
Like a spreadsheet, Microsoft Project displays results of its calculations immediately. But the project plan isn’t done until you enter critical information about all tasks. Only then do you see when your project will end or the dates when tasks are scheduled.
Microsoft Project keeps the information you enter and the information it calculates in fields, which contain specific types of information, such as task names or durations. In Microsoft Project, each field usually appears in a column.
Views present a subset of project information in a format that’s easy to interpret. For example, the Gantt Chart displays basic task information in columns and a bar graph.
Tables define the columns displayed.
Filters focus on specific tasks or resources.
Today, you’re focused on deadlines. Tomorrow, costs. The project database contains a lot of information, but at any given time, you only need a portion of it. To get to information, use these tools:
Views present a subset of project information in a format that’s easy to interpret. For example, the Gantt Chart displays basic task information in columns and a bar graph.
Tables define the columns displayed.
Filters focus on specific tasks or resources.
Like TV channels, each view presents a different kind of information. Tables and filters fine-tune the information. Just as switching channels doesn’t delete them, changing views, tables, or filters may hide information, but it doesn’t delete it. It’s still in the database and is still updated.
Microsoft Project schedules each task using the formula duration=work/resource effort, where:
Duration is the actual amount of time that passes before the task is done.
Work is the effort required over a period of time to do the task.
Resource effort is the amount of effort resources are assigned to the task and their allocation.
How does Microsoft Project schedule a task’s start and finish? It takes into account many factors, including task dependencies, constraints, and interruptions, such as holidays or vacation days. Most importantly, Microsoft Project schedules each task using the formula duration=work/resource effort, where:
Work is the effort required over a period of time to do the task.
Resource effort is the amount of effort resources are assigned to the task and their allocation.
For example, if:
Three painters work two days on a task, with an effort of 8 hours per day, the work for each resource is 16 hours: (2 days * 8 hours).
The total effort of the resources is 24 hours per day: (3 painters * 8 hours).
The total work for the task is 48 hours: (2 days * 8 hours * 3 painters).
The duration is 2 days: 48 hours / (3 painters * 8 hours).
Understanding this formula is important to understanding how changes you make to tasks affect the project schedule.
Three painters work two days on a task, with an effort of 8 hours per day, the work for each resource is 16 hours: (2 days * 8 hours).
The total effort of the resources is 24 hours per day: (3 painters * 8 hours).
The total work for the task is 48 hours: (2 days * 8 hours * 3 painters).
The duration is 2 days: 48 hours / (3 painters * 8 hours).
Understanding this formula is important to understanding how changes you make to tasks affect the project schedule.
For example, if:
Three painters work two days on a task, with an effort of 8 hours per day, the work for each resource is 16 hours: (2 days * 8 hours).
The total effort of the resources is 24 hours per day: (3 painters * 8 hours).
The total work for the task is 48 hours: (2 days * 8 hours * 3 painters).
The duration is 2 days: 48 hours / (3 painters * 8 hours).
Understanding this formula is important to understanding how changes you make to tasks affect the project schedule.
Review critical paths for potential problems. A critical path is a series of linked tasks that must be done on time for the project to finish on time. If any task on a critical path is delayed, it can end up delaying the project’s finish date.
Evaluate and optimize the plan until you’re satisfied. Before you start your project and periodically during the project, you’ll need to evaluate and adjust the project plan. Consider scope, resources, and schedule.
Update Microsoft Project about the progress of tasks. In return, it’ll show you an updated project plan. You can update the plan yourself, or your team can, with Microsoft Project Central or electronic mail. After the plan is updated, review it to see the effect of changes. Is the project over budget? Is a team member now scheduled to work overtime? Is your project going to end late?
Close the project. Evaluate the lessons learned and best practices.
After you’ve created the task list and provided schedule information, your plan is built. You can see a full model of your project, including its finish date and the start and finish dates for every task. What’s next?
Review critical paths for potential problems. A critical path is a series of linked tasks that must be done on time for the project to finish on time. If any task on a critical path is delayed, it can end up delaying the project’s finish date.
Evaluate and optimize the plan until you’re satisfied. Before you start your project and periodically during the project, you’ll need to evaluate and adjust the project plan. Consider scope, resources, and schedule.
Update Microsoft Project about the progress of tasks. In return, it’ll show you an updated project plan. You can update the plan yourself, or your team can, with Microsoft Project Central or electronic mail. After the plan is updated, review it to see the effect of changes. Is the project over budget? Is a team member now scheduled to work overtime? Is your project going to end late?
Close the project. Evaluate the lessons learned and best practices.
When you have defined project goals and thought out the major phases of your project, it’s time to begin creating your plan.
First, enter and organize the list of tasks to be completed, along with each task’s duration.
Next, add people, equipment, and materials and their costs to your plan.
Then assign these resources to tasks. With this information,
Microsoft Project creates a schedule. You can verify the schedule and adjust it as necessary.
Click New.
The New button may be temporarily hidden. It may not appear because there is not enough room to display all the buttons. Click More Buttons , and then click New.
In the Project Information dialog box, type or select a start date or a finish date for your project, and then click OK.
Click Save.
In the File name box, type a name for your project, and then click Save.
When you start a new project in Microsoft Project, you can enter your project’s start or finish date, but not both. It’s recommended that you enter only your project’s start date and let Microsoft Project calculate the finish date after you have entered and scheduled tasks.
If your project must be finished by a certain date, enter only the project’s finish date. Even if you initially schedule from the project finish date, it’s best to schedule from the project start date after work begins on the project.
Tip You can change your project information at any time by clicking Project Information on the Project menu.
On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Summary tab.
Enter any information you’d like about your project, such as the people who will manage it and maintain the project file, the project goal, any known limitations that may make it difficult to reach that goal, and other general project notes.
Click OK.
Each project has a unique set of ingredients: the tasks involved, the people who do them, and the project goal. To help remember and communicate important details, enter information about the project and refer to it when necessary.
Tip To look for a menu command that doesn’t appear, click the arrows at the bottom of the menu. The menu expands to show more commands. You can also expand a menu by double-clicking it.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the Tools menu, click Change Working Time.
Select a date on the calendar.
To change one day of the week for the entire calendar, for example, to have Fridays end at 4:00 P.M., click the abbreviation for that day at the top of the calendar.
To change all working days, for example, to begin working days Tuesday through Friday at 9:00 A.M., click the abbreviation (such as T for Tuesday) for the first working day of the week. Hold down SHIFT, and then click the abbreviation for the last working day of the week (such as F for Friday).
Click Nonworking time for days off, or Nondefault working time to change the hours worked.
If you clicked Nondefault working time in step 3, type the times you want work to start in the From boxes, and the times you want work to end in the To boxes.
Click OK.
You can change the project calendar to reflect the working days and hours for everyone on your project. The calendar defaults are Monday through Friday, 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., with an hour off for lunch.
You can specify nonworking times, such as weekends and evenings, as well as special days off, such as holidays.
First, list the steps needed to accomplish your project’s goals. Start with the large chunks of work and then break down each chunk into tasks with single deliverables. Add milestones. Finally, gather and enter duration estimates.
After you enter task information, create an outline to help you see the project’s structure.
When you’ve completed this lesson, you will have a task list organized into summary and detailed tasks.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, type a task name, and then press TAB. Microsoft Project enters an estimated duration of one day for the task followed by a question mark.
In the Duration field, type the amount of time each task will take in months, weeks, days, hours, or minutes, not counting nonworking time. You can use the following abbreviations:
months = mo
weeks = w
days = d
hours = h
minutes = m
Note To show an estimated duration, type a question mark after the duration.
Press ENTER.
A typical project is a series of related tasks. A task represents an amount of work with a clear deliverable; it should be short enough to track its progress regularly. Tasks should generally be between one day and two weeks long.
Enter tasks in the order they will occur. Then estimate how long it will take to complete each task, and enter your estimate as the duration. Microsoft Project uses durations to calculate the amount of work to be done on the task.
Note Don’t enter dates in the Start and Finish fields for each task. Microsoft Project calculates the start and finish dates based on how the tasks are related, information you’ll enter in the next lesson.
Tip You can also add a note about a task. In the Task Name field, select the task, and then click Task Notes . Type your information in the Notes box, and then click OK.
Note The toolbar button you want may be temporarily hidden. It may not appear because there is not enough room to display all the buttons. Click More Buttons , and then click Task Notes .
A milestone is a task you use to identify significant events in your schedule, such as the completion of a major phase. When you enter a duration of zero days for a task, Microsoft Project displays the milestone symbol on the Gantt Chart at the start of that day.
In the Duration field, click the duration of the task you want to make a milestone, and then type 0d.
Press ENTER.
Note Although a task with a duration of 0 is automatically marked as a milestone, you can make any task a milestone. To mark a task as a milestone, click the task in the Task Name field. Click Task Information , click the Advanced tab, and then select the Mark task as milestone check box.
Tip To see all milestones, click Milestones in the Filter list. To see the entire project again, click All Tasks in the Filter list.
Recurring tasks are tasks that repeat regularly, such as weekly meetings. A recurring task can take place daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly. You can specify the duration of each occurrence, when it will occur, and for how long or how many times it should occur.
In the Task Name field, click the row below where you want the recurring task to appear.
On the Insert menu, click Recurring Task.
In the Task Name box, type the task name.
In the Duration box, type or select the duration of a single occurrence of the task.
Under Recurrence pattern, click Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly.
To the right of Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly, specify the task frequency.
Under Range of recurrence, type a start date in the Start box and then select End after or End by.
If you selected End after, type the number of occurrences for the task.
If you selected End by, type the date you want the recurring task to end.
Click OK.
Recurring tasks are tasks that repeat regularly, such as weekly meetings. A recurring task can take place daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly. You can specify the duration of each occurrence, when it will occur, and for how long or how many times it should occur.
Tip To view all instances of a recurring task, click the plus sign next to the main recurring task.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click the first task you want to make into a subtask.
On the Insert menu, click New Task.
In the inserted row, type the name of the new summary task in the Task Name field.
In the Task Name field, select the tasks you want to make into subtasks.
Click Indent to indent these tasks.
Outlining helps organize your tasks into more manageable chunks. You can indent related tasks under a more general task, creating a hierarchy. The general tasks are called summary tasks; the indented tasks below the summary task are subtasks. A summary task’s start and finish dates are determined by the start and finish dates of its earliest and latest subtasks.
To organize your outline, use outline buttons:
Indent
Outdent
Show Subtasks Hide Subtasks Show All Subtasks
Tip You can indent or outdent a task quickly with the mouse. Select the task, and then position the pointer over the first letter of the task name. When the pointer changes to a two-way arrow, drag right to indent the task or drag left to outdent the task.
In the ID field (the leftmost field), select the task you want to copy, move, or delete.
To select a row, click the task ID number.
To select a group of adjacent rows, hold down SHIFT, and then click the first and last ID numbers of the group.
To select several nonadjacent rows, hold down CTRL, and then click the task ID numbers.
Copy, move, or delete the task.
To copy the task, click Copy.
To move the task, click Cut.
To delete the task, press DELETE.
To move the selection you cut or repeat the selection you copied, select the rows where you want to paste it.
Be sure to select entire rows.
Click Paste .
If there is information in the destination row, the new rows will be inserted above the destination row.
As you create a task list, you will probably want to break large tasks into smaller tasks and rearrange tasks. You may want to copy, delete, or move tasks in your project.
You can also easily rearrange project phases in an outlined schedule. When you move or delete a summary task, the subtasks associated are moved or deleted as well.
Note The toolbar button you want may be temporarily hidden. It may not appear because there is not enough room to display all the buttons. Click More Buttons , and then click the button you want.
Tip To add a new task between existing tasks, click a task ID number and then press the INSERT key. Tasks renumber automatically after you insert a new task.
After you create and outline your task list, it’s time to address how the tasks relate to each other and to specific dates.
There are many types of task relationships, such as links that show one task starting as another finishes.
These links are called task dependencies.
Microsoft Project automatically determines the start and finish dates for tasks that have dependencies to other tasks.
The advantage of dependencies or “linked” tasks is that whenever a task changes, linked tasks are automatically rescheduled.
You can refine task schedules using constraints, overlap or delay tasks, and split tasks when work stops temporarily.
To establish relationships between tasks, use task dependencies.
First, select the related tasks, link them, and then change the dependency type, if necessary.
The task whose start or finish depends on another task is the successor.
The task that the successor is dependent on is the predecessor.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, select two or more tasks to link in the order you want them linked. To select adjacent tasks, hold down SHIFT, and then click the first and last task you want to link.
To select nonadjacent tasks, hold down CTRL, and then click the tasks you want to link, in order.
Click Link Tasks.
To change the task link, double-click the link line between the tasks you want to change.
To establish relationships between tasks, use task dependencies. First, select the related tasks, link them, and then change the dependency type, if necessary. The task whose start or finish depends on another task is the successor. The task that the successor is dependent on is the predecessor. For example, if you link “Hang clock” to “Paint wall,” then “Hang clock” is the successor and “Paint wall” is the predecessor.
After the tasks are linked, changes to the predecessor’s dates affect the successor’s dates. Microsoft Project creates a finish-to-start task dependency by default. Because a finish-to-start dependency does not work in every situation, you can change the task link to start-to-start, finish-to-finish, or start-to-finish to model your project realistically.
Note To unlink tasks, select the tasks you want to unlink in the Task Name field, and then click Unlink Tasks . The tasks are rescheduled based on existing links to other tasks, or constraints.
In the Task Name field, click the task you want to add lead or lag time to (it must have predecessors), and then click Task Information.
Click the Predecessors tab.
In the Lag column, type the lead time or lag time you want, as a duration or as a percentage of the predecessor task duration.
Type lead time as a negative number (for example, –2d for two days lead time) or as a percentage.
Type lag time as a positive number or as a percentage.
Click OK.
After you’ve sequenced tasks by linking them, you can overlap or delay them as well. In Microsoft Project, delay tasks by adding lag time to the predecessor task, and overlap tasks by entering lead time. You can also enter lead or lag time as a percentage of the task.
Tip To quickly add lead or lag time to a successor task, double-click the link line on the Gantt Chart, and then type the amount of lead or lag time in the Lag box of the Task Dependency dialog box.
In the Task Name field, click the task you want to set a start or finish date for, and then click Task Information.
Click the Advanced tab.
In the Constraint type box, click a constraint type.
Type or select a date in the Constraint date box, and then click OK.
You can schedule your tasks most effectively by entering task durations, creating dependencies between tasks, and then letting Microsoft Project calculate the start and finish dates for you. However, you can set a specific start or finish date for a task if necessary.
Task constraints that tie tasks to specific dates are called inflexible constraints; the most inflexible constraints are specific start or finish dates. Because Microsoft Project takes constraints into account when calculating your schedule, use these inflexible constraints only when tasks must start or finish on a specific date.
Note If you select a start date for a task in the Start field of the Gantt Chart, or if you drag a Gantt bar to change the start date, Microsoft Project sets a Start No Earlier Than (SNET) constraint based on the new start date. If you select a finish date for a task, Microsoft Project automatically assigns a Finish No Earlier Than (FNET) constraint.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, click the task that you want to set a deadline for.
Click Task Information and then click the Advanced tab.
Under Constrain task, type or select the deadline date in the Deadline box, and then click OK.
When you set a deadline for a task, Microsoft Project displays an indicator if the task is scheduled to finish after the deadline.
Setting a deadline doesn’t affect how tasks are scheduled. It’s just a way to have Microsoft Project inform you that a task will finish past its deadline. You then have the option of adjusting the schedule to meet that deadline.
Tip You can drag the deadline symbol on the Gantt Chart to change the deadline date.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click Split Task.
On the task’s Gantt bar, click the date where you want the split to occur and drag the second part of the bar to the date that you want work to begin again.
You can split a task if work on the task is interrupted and then resumes later in the schedule. This is useful, for example, when you need to temporarily stop work on a task to work on another task. You can split a task as many times as necessary.
Note that splitting a task into parts is not the same as entering a recurring task, a task that occurs at regular intervals, such as a staff meeting.
Tip You can remove the split by dragging a portion of a split task so that it touches another portion.
BE BACK IN 10 MINUTES
Take a break.
You should assign resources to tasks when you want to:
Track the amount of work done by people and equipment assigned to tasks or monitor materials used.
Have more flexibility in scheduling tasks.
Monitor resources with too little or too much work assigned.
Keep track of resource costs.
If you don’t enter resource information, Microsoft Project calculates your schedule using only task duration and dependencies.
On the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Entry.
In the Resource Name field, type a resource name.
To designate resource groups, in the Group field for the resource name, type the name of the group.
In the Type field, specify the resource type:
For a work resource (people or equipment), set the resource type to Work.
For a material resource (consumed throughout the project) set the resource type to Material.
For each work resource (people or equipment), type the number of resource units available for this resource in the Max. Units field, as a percentage. For example, type 300% to indicate three full-time units of a particular resource.
For each material resource (supplies consumed throughout the project), in the Material Label field, type a measurement unit for the material resource, such as ton.
You can use the Resource Sheet in Microsoft Project to create a list of the people, equipment, and material resources that make up your team and carry out the project tasks. Your resource list will consist of work resources or material resources. Work resources are people or equipment; material resources are consumable materials or supplies, such as concrete, wood, or nails.
Notes
Resource groups can be used for sorting, filtering, or grouping tasks by resources belonging to a particular group. You can use groups to indicate the department a human resource belongs to or to specify accounting codes for billing purposes.
You cannot assign resource groups to tasks. If you want to specify consolidated resources, such as “Carpenters” or “Editors” or “Engineers,” enter that as the resource name, and then assign the consolidated resource name to tasks.
Tip As you work in the Gantt Chart or other task views, you can enter additional resource names. To assign additional resources, click Assign Resources , and then type a resource name in the Name field. You can also click Address and select a resource from your e-mail address book.
On the View menu, click Resource Sheet, and then select the resource whose schedule you want to change.
On the Project menu, click Resource Information, and then click the Working Time tab.
On the calendar, select the days you want to change. To change a day of the week for the entire calendar, click the abbreviation for the day at the top of the calendar.
Click Use default, Nonworking time, or Nondefault working time. When you click Use default, the selected days return to the Microsoft Project Standard calendar default, which is Monday through Friday, 8:00 A.M. to 12:00 P.M., and 1:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M.
If you clicked Nondefault working time in step 4, type the times that you want work to start in the From boxes and the times that you want work to end in the To boxes.6Click OK.
The working hours and days off defined in the project calendar are the default working hours and days off for each resource. When an individual resource works a different schedule entirely, or when you need to account for vacations or equipment downtime, you can modify an individual resource calendar.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, click the task to which you want to assign a resource, and then click Assign Resources .
In the Name field, click the resource you want to assign to the task.
To assign a resource part-time, type or select a percentage less than 100 in the Units column to represent the percentage of working time you want the resource to spend on the task.
To assign several different resources, hold down CTRL and click the names of the resources.
To assign more than one of the same resource (such as two carpenters), type or select a percentage greater than 100 in the Units column. If necessary, type the name of a new resource in the Name column.
Click Assign.
A check mark to the left of the Name column indicates that the resource is assigned to the selected task.
Click Close.
When you assign a resource to a task, you create an assignment. You can assign any resource to any task and change assignments at any time.
You can assign more than one resource to a task and specify whether a resource works full-time or part-time on a task. If the work assigned to a resource exceeds the daily full-time allotment indicated in the resource’s working times calendar, Microsoft Project displays the name of the overallocated resource in red in resource views.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, select the tasks for which you want to turn off effort-driven scheduling.
Click Task Information, and then click the Advanced tab.
Clear the Effort driven check box, and then click OK.
Now when you assign an additional resource, the task’s duration will not change.
As you assign more resources to a task, Microsoft Project automatically decreases the duration of the task. For example, a task with a one-day duration and one assigned resource has 8 hours of work. With effort-driven scheduling, if you assign a second resource, the task still has 8 hours of work, but its duration is reduced to half a day.
If you want to change the amount of work on the task instead, you can turn off effort-driven scheduling and assign another resource. The task will then have 16 hours of work and still have a one-day duration.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage. To see different information about resource assignments, such as work and cost, point to Table on the View menu, and then click the table you want to see in the Resource Usage view.
In the Resource Name column, review the resource assignments.
To reassign a task from one person to another, select the entire row, position the pointer over the ID field (the leftmost column), and then drag the task to its new location.
The Resource Usage view shows project resources with their assigned tasks grouped underneath them. Using the Resource Usage view, you can find out how many hours each resource is scheduled to work on specific tasks and see which resources are overallocated. You can also determine how much time each resource has available for additional work assignments.
Notes
You can change the timescale to another scale, such as weeks, if that is more appropriate for your project. On the Format menu, click Timescale, and change the values in the Units boxes under Major scale and Minor scale.
Changing the view or table does not add information to or remove information from your project; it only changes the project information that is displayed.
If a resource name is red and bold, the resource is overallocated.
Whether you need to account for each task’s expenses or the overall cost of the project, entering rates for a resource’s work on tasks or for fixed task costs enables you to see whether you are staying within budget.
You can choose when to accrue costs, enter per-use and overtime rates for resources, and plan for raises.
On the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Entry.
In the Resource Name field, select a resource or type a new resource name.
In the Type field, click Work if the resource is a worker or machine, or Material if the resource is material or supplies (such as cement).
For a work resource, in the Std. Rate, Ovt. Rate, or Cost/Use fields, type the resource rates.
For a material resource, in the Material Label field, type a measurement unit for the material resource (such as ton), and in the Std. Rate or Cost/Use fields, type a rate.
Press ENTER.
Microsoft Project allows you to assign rates to human and material resources so you can manage project costs accurately. You can assign standard rates, overtime rates, or per-use rates to resources.
Tip You can set the default standard and overtime rates for any new resources you enter. On the Tools menu, click Options, and then click the General tab. In the Default standard rate and Default overtime rate boxes, type the new rates. If you want to set this default for all future projects, click Set as Default.
Note If the rate for a resource will change over the course of the project or if the resource will be paid at different rates for different assignments, or if you work with different grades of material, click Resource Sheet on the View menu. In the Resource Name field, select a resource and then click Resource Information . Then, enter the information on the Costs tab.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Cost.
In the Fixed Cost field for the task, type the cost.
Press ENTER.
When you know an exact cost associated with a task, such as equipment costs, you can enter a fixed cost.
Tip In the Cost table, you can also change when the fixed cost is accrued by selecting an accrual method in the Fixed Cost Accrual field.
On the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Entry.
In the Accrue At field, click the accrual method you want to use.
In Microsoft Project, resource costs are prorated by default. Their accrual is distributed over its duration. You can, however, change the accrual method so that resource costs take effect at the start or end of the task instead.
Notes
When you enter time phased rate changes for a resource and use the prorated cost accrual method, your costs will be calculated using the rates for the appropriate time periods and may change during the completion of the task.
You cannot prorate per-use resource costs or accrue them at the end of a task assignment. They always accrue at the start of the assignment.
To see task costs, on the View menu, click More Views, and then click Task Sheet. To see resource costs, on the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Cost.
After you assign rates to resources or fixed costs to tasks, you may want to review the total cost of these assignments to make sure they fall within your expectations. If the total cost of a task or resource does not meet your budget, you may need to examine each individual task’s costs and each resource’s task assignments to see where costs can be reduced.
Tips
You can also view how costs are distributed over a task’s duration in the Task Usage view by displaying its cost details. On the View menu, click Task Usage. On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Cost.
You can view resource costs in more detail by clicking Resource Usage on the View menu, pointing to Details on the Format menu, and then clicking Cost. You can also see resource cost totals displayed graphically by clicking Resource Graph on the View menu, pointing to Details on the Format menu, and then clicking Cost or Cumulative Cost.
On the Project menu, click Project Information.
Click Statistics.
Under Cost in the Current row, view the total planned cost of the project.
You can view your project’s current, baseline, actual, and remaining costs to see whether you’re staying within your overall budget. These costs are updated each time Microsoft Project recalculates your project.
After entering the basic project data, review it. Will you meet your deadlines? If not, examine the tasks leading up to milestones and make sure you have scheduled them efficiently.
First, look at the big picture: the start and finish date and the critical path. Then check the details. Display tasks and resources in views that you can change to suit your needs.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, click Zoom, click Entire project, and then click OK.
You can get an overview of your project’s start and finish dates and see when major phases will occur by zooming in and out on the Gantt Chart.
On the Project menu, click Project Information, and then click Statistics.
The project’s start and finish dates are shown, as well as the project’s total work and cost.
You can review important project information, such as the finish date, to see if the project will meet your expectations as it is currently scheduled.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click GanttChartWizard.
Follow the GanttChartWizard instructions to format critical path tasks.
The critical path is a series of tasks that must be completed on time for a project to finish on schedule. Most tasks in a typical project have some slack and can therefore be delayed a little without affecting the project’s finish date. Those tasks that cannot be delayed without affecting the project finish date are the critical tasks. As you modify tasks to resolve overallocations or other problems in your schedule, be aware of the critical tasks; changes to critical tasks will affect your project finish date.
On the View menu, click the task or resource view you want. If the view you want to see isn’t on the View menu, click
More Views for more choices. Click a view in the Views list, and then click Apply.
You can display project information in task views or resource views. Some task and resource views are in sheet views, containing columns (called fields) of related information. You can change the table in a sheet view to see different fields of information. Other views show tasks or resource allocation graphically (such as the Calendar, Network Diagram, and Resource Graph views), or tasks and resources related to a timescale (such as the Task Usage and Resource Usage views).
If necessary, on the View menu, click the view you want. To use a view that is not on the View menu, click More Views, click the view you want in the Views list, and then click Apply.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click the table you want to apply.
To apply a table that isn’t on the Table submenu, click More Tables, click the task or resource table you want, and then click Apply.
Note that the field headings change as you switch between tables.
As you plan and track your schedule, it’s useful to look at different combinations of information. By changing the table applied to a sheet view, you can change the fields of information displayed in that view.
On the Project menu, point to Filtered for, and then click the filter you want to apply. To apply a filter that isn’t on the Filtered for submenu or to apply a highlighting filter, click More Filters.
Click Apply to apply the filter, or click Highlight to apply a highlighting filter.
If you apply an interactive filter, type the requested values, and then click OK.
To turn off a filter, point to Filtered for on the Project menu, and then click All Tasks or All Resources.
When you want to focus on certain tasks or resources in the current view, you can apply a filter to the view. You can specify that the filter show or highlight only those tasks or resources that meet the filter criteria.
Note You cannot apply task filters to resource views or apply resource filters to task views.
Tip You can set an AutoFilter in many views to quickly find a subset of data in a field. On the Project menu, point to Filtered for, and then click AutoFilter. Click the arrow in the column that contains the information you want to display, and then click a value you want to use to filter the table. To turn off AutoFilters, point to Filtered for on the Project menu, and then click AutoFilter again.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the Project menu, point to Sort, and then click the sorting option you want.
To customize a sort, on the Project menu, point to Sort, and then click Sort by.
In the Sort by box, click the field you want to sort by, and then click Ascending or Descending to specify the sort order.
Specify sorting options.
To sort by an additional field, click the field in the first Then by box, and then click Ascending or Descending to specify the sort order.
To permanently renumber your tasks, select the Permanently renumber tasks check box.
To sort tasks within their outline structure so that subtasks remain with their summary tasks, select the Keep outline structure check box.
To reset the sort order back to the default sort order, click Reset.
You can sort tasks or resources by criteria such as task name, finish date, and resource name. Sorting can be useful when you want to see tasks in sequence. For example, you can see which tasks should start or finish sooner.
Sorting is maintained when you switch views and is saved when you close a project file. However, a custom sort cannot be saved.
Note Clicking Reset only resets the sort options in the Sort dialog box to their default order. If your tasks were permanently reordered by using the Permanently renumber tasks check box, then clicking Reset will not reset the numbered order of the tasks.
To group task information, on the View menu, click More Views, and then click Task Sheet. To group resource information, on the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the Project menu, point to Group by, and then click the group you want to apply. To apply a group that isn’t on the Group by submenu, click More Groups. For example, for the Task Sheet, click Duration to see tasks grouped by duration. For the Resource Sheet, click Resource Group to see resources grouped by the information in the Group field.
To remove the grouping you applied, on the Project menu, point to Group by, and then click No Group.
In many views, you can group information for tasks or resources to compare and contrast data. For example, you may want to see all tasks that have a similar duration grouped together.
If, after viewing your schedule, you find that you won’t meet your project finish date, you can adjust tasks to shorten your schedule. Pay special attention to critical tasks because any changes to those tasks may affect the finish date.
Can a task begin earlier? Use lead time. Is there a date that a task must absolutely start? Add a constraint. Are some resources overworked and others free? Reassign resources to shorten tasks.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Double-click the link line of the tasks you want to check.
The Task Dependency dialog box appears. If the Bar Styles dialog box appears, you didn’t click precisely on the task link and need to close this dialog box and double-click the task link again.
In the Type box, check the task dependency.
To change the dependency, in the Type box, click the task link you want to use.
A task dependency describes how a task is related to the start or finish of another task. Microsoft Project provides four task dependencies you can use to connect a series of tasks in a schedule: finish-to-start (the most commonly used dependency), start-to-start, start-to-finish, and finish-to-finish. By using these dependencies effectively, you can modify the critical path and shorten your project schedule.
Microsoft Project assigns a finish-to-start task dependency when you link tasks. If another relationship better models your tasks, change the dependency type. For example, when two tasks need to start at the same time, you can create a start-to-start link. When tasks need to finish at the same time, you can use a finish-to-finish link.
In the Task Name field, click the task you want, and then click Task Information.
Click the Predecessors tab.
In the Lag field, type the lead time you want, as a negative number or as a percentage.
If you have tasks that can begin earlier than shown in your schedule, you can overlap (add lead time) to more accurately model how the work will be done.
For example, if the electricians can begin wiring outlets before the walls are all finished, you can use time more efficiently by starting the “Wire outlets” task after half of the walls have been roughed in. To do this, you set up a lead time between the finish of the “Rough-in walls” task and the start of the “Wire outlets” task. In Microsoft Project, you type lead time as a negative number or as a negative percentage, such as –50 or –30%.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click More Tables.
In the Tables list, click Constraint Dates, and then click Apply.
You may need to drag the divider bar to the right to view the Constraint Type and Constraint Date fields.
The Constraint Dates table shows the task name, duration, constraint type for all constraints, and the constraint date, as applicable.
If the field you want to see isn’t visible, press TAB to move to it.
For each task with a constraint other than the default, As Soon As Possible, look at the predecessor tasks and successor tasks on the Gantt Chart to determine if you really need the constraint.
Change a constraint if necessary.
To change a constraint type, in the Constraint Type field, click the arrow, and then click the appropriate constraint.
To change a constraint date, type or select the date in the Constraint Date field.
Task constraints can help you create a more accurate schedule by tying tasks to specific dates. For example, you can specify that a task must start no earlier than a particular date or finish no later than a particular date. You can change the constraint on a task from the default, As Soon As Possible, to seven other constraints or reset it to the default constraint to better reflect when the task will be done.
Notes
If you type a start date for a task or drag a Gantt bar to change the start date, Microsoft Project sets a Start No Earlier Than (SNET) constraint based on the new start date. If you type a finish date for a task, Microsoft Project automatically assigns a Finish No Earlier Than (FNET) constraint.
If you’re scheduling your project from a finish date, typing a start date for a task or dragging a Gantt bar to change the start date sets a Start No Later Than (SNLT) constraint. If you type a finish date for a task, Microsoft Project automatically assigns a Finish No Later Than (FNLT) constraint.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, click the task to which you want to assign more resources, and then click Assign Resources .
In the Name field, click the resource you want to assign to the task.
If necessary, type the name of a new resource in the Name field.
Click Assign.
A check mark to the left of the Name field indicates that the resource is assigned to the selected task.
After you’ve assigned resources to a task, Microsoft Project recalculates the task’s duration if you add or remove additional resources. For example, if you add another resource to an effort-driven task with a four-day duration and one assigned resource, the task will be shortened to two days. If you have more flexibility with your resource assignments than schedule deadlines, adding resources can be an effective way to shorten your schedule.
Note If the task duration isn’t affected by adding resources, ensure the scheduling options are set to effort-driven scheduling. Click Task Information , and then click the Advanced tab. Be sure the Effort driven check box is selected and the task type is Fixed Units or Fixed Work.
Tips
If you don’t know which resources are available to take on more work, you can see current resource allocations by clicking Resource Usage on the View menu.
To assign a resource part-time, type a value less than 100 in the Units field to represent the percentage of working time you want the resource to spend on the task. To assign more than one of the same resource (such as two carpenters), type a percentage amount greater than 100 in the Units field.
To assign several different resources, hold down CTRL as you click nonadjacent resources or hold down SHIFT as you click adjacent resources.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click Split Task .
Move the pointer over the taskbar you want to split, and then click the taskbar where you want the split to occur.
Splitting tasks may help adjust your schedule. You can split a task so that the task is interrupted, and then resumes later in the schedule.
Splitting tasks is useful when you need to stop work on a task temporarily to work on another task. You can split a task as many times as necessary. Splitting a task into parts is not the same as entering a recurring task scheduled to occur at regular intervals, such as a staff meeting.
After you’ve entered task, resource, and cost information for your project, you can save a snapshot of your original plan, called a baseline.
To save a checkpoint of actual progress on the project, you can save an interim plan and compare changes to your baseline plan.
After the project is underway, you can enter actual information and compare that data to the baseline.
On the Tools menu, point to Tracking, and then click Save Baseline.
Click Entire project to save a project baseline. Click Selected tasks to add new tasks to an existing baseline.
Click OK.
When you’ve entered all of your project information and you’re ready to start actual work, you can save a baseline of your project’s information to compare with the actual progress of your project. Using a baseline, you can track the progress of your schedule so you can make the necessary corrections. For example, you can see which tasks started later than planned, how much work resources performed, and whether your budget’s on track.
On the Tools menu, point to Tracking, and then click Save Baseline.
Click Save interim plan.
In the Copy box, click the name of the current interim plan.
In the Into box, click a name for the next interim plan, or specify a new name.
Click Entire project to save an interim plan for the whole project. Click Selected tasks to save a portion of the schedule.
Click OK.
After you save a baseline of your project’s information, you can save up to 10 interim plans as checkpoints during the project.
Note An interim plan saves the tasks’ start and finish dates into Start and Finish fields. You can display these interim plan dates by adding the Start and Finish fields to a table.
BE BACK IN TEN MINUTES
When you manage a project, you need to monitor the elements of the project triangle: time, money, and scope. Adjusting one of these elements affects the other two. Events such as unexpected delays, cost overruns, and resource changes can cause problems in your schedule.
If you keep your project information up to date, you can always see the latest status of the project. That way, you can identify problems early that might affect your project’s success and use Microsoft Project to find solutions.
Once you’ve set up your project and work has begun, you can keep track of actual start and finish dates, tasks’ percentage of completion, and actual work. Tracking actuals shows you how changes affect other tasks and, ultimately, the project’s finish date.
When you’ve completed this lesson, you’ll know how to enter actual task information and see its effects on the schedule.
On the View menu, click Tracking Gantt.
To view the variance fields, on the View menu, point to Table, and then click Variance.
If necessary, press TAB to see the variance fields.
On the View menu, point to Toolbars, and then click Tracking.
Update the progress of the tasks in your project.
If the task has started as scheduled, click the task, and then click Update as Scheduled .
If the task is not progressing as scheduled, in the next lessons you’ll learn how to enter actual start and finish dates, enter the actual duration of the task, or update a task’s progress as a percentage.
To keep your project on schedule, make sure that tasks start and finish on schedule. The Tracking Gantt view helps find trouble spots, tasks that vary from the baseline plan. You can then adjust task dependencies, reassign resources, or delete some tasks to meet your deadlines.
The Tracking Gantt view pairs the current schedule with the original schedule for each task. When you’ve saved the project with a baseline, but before you’ve entered actual data on progress, the Tracking Gantt view shows tasks with the baseline bars and the scheduled or actual bars synchronized.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Toolbars, and then click Tracking if it is not already selected.
In the Task Name field, select the tasks you want to update.
To select nonadjacent tasks, hold down CTRL, and then click the tasks. To select adjacent tasks, hold down SHIFT, and then click the first and last task to update.
Click Update Tasks .
Under Actual, type or select a date in the Start or Finish box.
If you enter a finish date, make sure that the task is 100% complete; Microsoft Project will assume the date is correct and reschedule tasks accordingly.
Click OK.
Tasks that start or finish late can throw an entire project off schedule by delaying the start or finish dates of related tasks. Tasks that start or finish early can free resources to work on other tasks that are behind schedule. Microsoft Project uses the actual values you enter to reschedule the remaining portions of your project.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, click the task for which you want to enter the actual duration.
On the Tools menu, point to Tracking, and then click Update Tasks.
In the Actual dur box, type the actual duration of the task.
Click OK.
If you know the number of days a task has been in progress and if it is progressing as planned, you can track progress by entering the duration that the resource has been working on the task.
When you enter the actual duration of a task, Microsoft Project updates the actual start date, the task’s percentage of completion, and the duration of the task remaining in the schedule.
Note If you enter an actual duration longer than or equal to the scheduled duration, the task becomes 100% complete, and the scheduled duration then equals the actual duration.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart
In the Task Name field, click the task for which you want to update progress.
Click Task Information , and then click the General tab.
In the Percent complete box, type a whole number between 0 and 100.
Click OK.
You can indicate how much progress has been made on a task by entering the percentage of the task duration that is complete. For relatively short tasks, it may not be worthwhile to track progress in such detail; but for long tasks, indicating the percentage of completion for the task helps you track actual progress against the baseline plan.
Notes
Microsoft Project calculates the summary task’s percentage of completion based on the progress of its subtasks. You can also manually enter the summary task’s percentage of completion, which Microsoft Project will use to calculate the percentage of completion for its subtasks.
By default, Microsoft Project indicates the task’s percentage of completion as a thin, black line drawn horizontally through the middle of each Gantt bar on the Gantt Chart.
When you mark a task as 100% complete, Microsoft Project displays a check mark in the Indicators field.
Tip You can use the buttons on the Tracking toolbar to update progress on a task and to perform other tracking activities. To view the Tracking toolbar, point to Toolbars on the View menu, and then click Tracking.
On the View menu, click Task Usage.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Actual Work.
In the timephased portion of the view, in the Actual Work field, type the actual work of each assigned resource.
You can track actual work using the timephased fields in Microsoft Project. Tracking using the timephased fields helps you keep your project up to date periodically because you can enter information for a particular day in your schedule.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Work. If necessary, press TAB to view the Actual field.
Compare the values in the Work, Baseline, and Actual fields.
The values in the Variance field show the difference between the work scheduled and the originally planned amount of work saved in the baseline.
If you’re managing resource assignments in your project, you need to make sure resources complete tasks in the time scheduled. If you’ve saved a baseline for your project, you can check the variance information.
Variances in your schedule can be good as well as bad, depending on the type and severity of the variance. A task with less work than planned, for example, is usually good news but may indicate that your resources are not allocated efficiently.
On the View menu, click Tracking Gantt.
The Tracking Gantt view shows task variances graphically, making it easier to see variances in your schedule.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Variance.
If necessary, press TAB to view the variance fields.
When you save a baseline plan and then update your schedule, you can compare the baseline plan to your actual progress to identify variances. Variances alert you to the areas of the project that are not going as planned.
To keep your project on schedule, make sure that tasks start and finish on time as much as possible. Every project has variances, but it is important to find tasks that vary from the baseline plan as soon as possible so you can adjust task dependencies, reassign resources, or delete some tasks to meet your deadlines.
Note You must update tasks’ actual start and finish dates, actual work values, or actual durations before variances will appear. Microsoft Project calculates the other task information based on the information you enter.
You may need to track how much work each resource on your project completes task by task or cumulatively for the project. Then you can compare the planned and actual amounts of work. This comparison can help you keep track of your resources’ performance and plan workloads for future projects.
When you’ve completed this lesson, you’ll know how to enter actual work done by a resource and see the variance between a resource’s planned and actual work.
On the View menu, click Task Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Work. In the Task Name field, both task and resource names are listed. If necessary, press TAB to view the Actual field.
In the Actual field for each resource, type the updated work value and the duration abbreviation for the actual work of each assigned resource.
If you schedule tasks based on the availability of resources, track the progress of your tasks by updating the work completed on a task. Using this approach, you can track the work that each resource is performing.
When you update the actual work a resource has done on a task, Microsoft Project automatically calculates the work remaining by subtracting the actual work done by the resource from the total work the resource is scheduled to do.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Work.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Actual Work.
In the Act. Work field for the resource, type the actual work value.
You can track actual work for individual resources using the timephased fields in Microsoft Project. Tracking resources’ actual work by using the timephased fields can help you keep your project up to date by time period because you can enter information for a particular day (or other time period) in your schedule.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Work.
If necessary, press TAB to view the Baseline and Actual fields.
Compare the values in the Baseline and Actual fields for each resource.
Make sure the Work and Act. Work fields are displayed in the the timescaled portion of the view.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Work if it’s not already selected.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Actual Work, if it’s not already selected, to display it as well.
In the timescale portion of the view, compare the Work and Act. Work fields for a daily summary of each resource’s work.
If you schedule tasks based on the availability of resources and you track actual work, you can analyze how much total work a resource is accomplishing by looking at the variance between the baseline work and actual work. You can also compare those figures to the baseline work and actual work over time to see how the resource’s work is progressing in greater detail.
You may want to track cost overruns in a phase of your project or learn how much a particular resource costs you on a certain day. Or you may simply need to see how much total cost has accrued.
Tracking costs for your project can help you see where changes need to be made to finish your project on time and within budget and can help in planning budgets for future projects.
On the Tools menu, click Options, and then click the Calculation tab.
Clear the Actual costs are always calculated by Microsoft Project check box.
Click OK.
On the View menu, click Task Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Tracking.
If necessary, press TAB to view the Act. Cost field.
In the Act. Cost field, type the actual cost for the assignment whose costs you are updating.
Microsoft Project automatically updates actual costs as a task progresses based on the task’s accrual method and the rates of the resources. But if you want to track actual costs separately from the actual work on a task, you can enter costs manually instead.
To update costs manually you must first turn off the automatic updating of actual costs and then enter your own actual cost for an assignment after the remaining work is zero.
Microsoft Project automatically updates actual costs as a task progresses based on the accrual method you set. You must first turn off the automatic updating of actual costs to edit actual costs. On the Tools menu, click Options, and then click the Calculation tab.
Clear the Actual costs are always calculated by Microsoft Project check box.
Click OK.
On the View menu, click Task Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Cost.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Cost.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Actual Cost.
To enter actual cost values for a task, select a day or other time period in the timescale portion of the view, and then type a value into the Act. cost field for the task.
To enter actual values for a resource, select a day or other time period in the timescale portion of the view, and then type a value into the Act. cost field for the resource.
You can track actual costs using the timephased fields in Microsoft Project. Tracking actual costs using the timephased fields can help you keep your project up to date by time period because you can enter information for a particular day or other time period in your schedule.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Cost. If necessary, press TAB to view the Total Cost and Baseline fields.
Compare the values in the Total Cost and Baseline fields. For the cost variance, look at the value in the Variance field.
If you assign fixed costs to tasks or specify wages for resources, you may want to see tasks that cost more than budgeted. By creating a budget using a baseline plan and closely tracking your project costs, you can catch cost overruns early and adjust either your schedule or your budget accordingly.
Microsoft Project calculates the cost of each resource’s work, the total cost for each task and resource, and the total project cost. These costs are considered scheduled or projected costs, which reflect the latest cost picture as the project progresses.
On the Project menu, click Project Information.
Click Statistics.
The current, baseline, actual, and remaining costs are displayed in the Costs column.
You can view your project’s current, baseline, actual, and remaining costs to see whether you’re staying within your budget. These costs are updated each time Microsoft Project recalculates your project.
BE BACK IN TEN MINUTES
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click More Tables.
In the Tables list, click Earned Value, and then click Apply.
Drag the divider bar to the right to display all of the Earned Value table fields. The values are calculated based on the actual work and costs up through and including the current date.
To change the calculation date, on the Project menu, click Project Information. In the Status date box, type the date you want to use, and then click OK.
When you want to compare your expected progress with the actual progress to date, you can use the Earned Value table. It compares, in terms of costs, each task’s baseline schedule with the actual schedule.
You can also use the Earned Value table to forecast whether the task will finish under or over budget based on the cost incurred while the task is in progress. For example, if a task is 50% complete and the actual cost incurred to date is $200, you can see if $200 is more than, less than, or equal to 50% of the baseline (or budgeted) cost. The VAC field displays the variance at completion between baseline cost and scheduled cost for a task.
You should check your schedule for resources with too much or too little work.
If some resources are overallocated, see if adding more resources to a task or reassigning a task will give you the results you want.
If this doesn’t work, you can delay tasks assigned to an overworked resource until later in the schedule or reduce the amount of work for tasks.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage.
The Resource Usage view shows the total hours the resource is working, the total hours the resource is working on each task, and the hours worked per time period on the timescale.
Resources with no tasks yet assigned do not have tasks listed under their names.
Tasks with no resources assigned are listed under Unassigned in the Resource Name field.
On the Project menu, point to Filtered for and then click Overallocated Resources.
Any work resources that are overallocated are displayed and highlighted.
People and equipment are overallocated when they are assigned more work than they can complete in their scheduled working hours. Before you can resolve overallocations, you must determine which resources are overallocated, when they are overallocated, and what tasks they are assigned to at those times. To resolve the problem, the people and equipment must be allocated differently or the task must be rescheduled to a time when the resource is available.
On the View menu, click Task Usage. Resources are grouped under the tasks they are assigned to.
In the table (left) portion of the view, enter a new value in the Work field to change the total work value for an assignment.
After you’ve assigned a resource to a task, you can change the total work values for the resource’s work on the task or change work values for a specific time period when the resource works on the task. Tailoring work values this way can make your schedule more accurate at a finer level of detail.
Note You can also change the individual work values (or hours) for the assigned resources on the timescale portion of the view.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Overallocation.
Look at the timescale on the right and, for each highlighted overallocation, examine the availability of other resources on that day.
Click the ID field to select the entire row of the task you need to reassign.
Drag the task to the resource that you want to reassign it to.
If you have tried to resolve a resource overallocation using other methods and the overallocation persists, it may be time to reassign the task to another resource with more time. This is an alternate method of manually leveling your schedule by reassigning work rather than delaying work.
On the View menu, click More Views.
In the Views list, click Resource Allocation, and then click Apply.
In the timephased portion on the top right, overallocation for a resource is displayed in red.
In the bar chart below, slack for tasks to which the resource is assigned appears graphically as a thin slack bar adjoining the regular Gantt bar.
In the Resource Name field in the top left portion of the view, click the resource name for the overallocated resource with a task you want to delay.
In the Leveling Delay field (bottom left portion of the view) for the task you want to delay, type the amount of time that you want the task to be delayed.
To ensure that successor tasks are not affected, do not enter more lag than the amount of free slack for that task.
To return to a single view, on the Window menu, click Remove Split.
A simple way to resolve a resource overallocation is to delay a task assigned to the resource until the resource has time to work on it. You can add delay to a task, check the effect on the resource’s allocation, and then adjust the delay further if necessary.
Delaying a task also delays the start dates of its successors and can affect the finish date of your schedule. To avoid this, delay tasks with free slack first (noncritical tasks) and only delay them up to the amount of slack that is available for each task. Experiment with adding delay to different tasks to see the effect on your schedule.
On the Tools menu, click Change Working Time.
In the For box, click the resource whose calendar you want to change.
On the calendar, select the days you want to change.
To change a day of the week for the entire calendar, select the day at the top of the calendar.
Click Use default, Nonworking time, or Nondefault working time.
If you clicked Nondefault working time in step 4, type the times you want work to start in the From boxes and the times you want work to end in the To boxes.
Click OK.
The project calendar designates the default work schedule for the project, but you can create a resource calendar to indicate work hours, vacations, leaves of absence, and sick time for individual resources.
To manage a project effectively, you need to communicate and distribute project information. You might prepare reports or presentations; publish information on a Web site; or use Microsoft Project Central to communicate with your workgroup on the Web.
With Microsoft Project, you can format and publish views and print reports to meet the needs of a particular person or group. You can publish the information in Web format (HTML) or include it in a presentation using a program such as Microsoft PowerPoint.
When you have a large task list, it can be difficult to focus on areas that concern you. To emphasize what you need to see, you can customize the format of the task list and the Gantt bars.
You can format categories of information, such as all tasks that must end by a certain date. You can also make some tasks bold or use a different font for them.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click GanttChartWizard.
Follow the GanttChartWizard instructions.
The GanttChartWizard is a series of interactive dialog boxes containing options that you select to format the Gantt Chart, such as highlighting the critical path. When you finish selecting the options you want, the GanttChartWizard formats your Gantt Chart for you.
Tip To undo the formatting you chose with the GanttChartWizard, click GanttChartWizard and reapply the default options by clicking Next for each step to return the Gantt Chart to its default settings.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the Format menu, click Bar Styles.
To modify an existing style, in the Name field, click the name of the bar style.
Click the Bars tab in the bottom portion of the Bar Styles dialog box.
To create a new style, click in the Show For … Tasks column, and then click the arrow next to the selection to select a new category (such as Critical or Finished).
If you are creating a new style, type its name in the Name field, and then click the Bars tab.
Under Start, Middle, and End, select shapes, patterns or types, and colors for the bar.
Click OK.
To call attention to all tasks of a certain category, you can change the format of the Gantt bars that represent that category on the Gantt Chart. A category can, for example, include specific task types such as milestones or critical tasks or tasks that have finished.
Instead of selecting Gantt bars manually and applying formatting to them, you can create or modify a bar style. Any change you make to the style will affect all bars in the category.
Tip To change the formatting of an individual Gantt bar, select the task, and then click Bar on the Format menu. Click the Bar Shape tab, and format the Gantt bar.
On the View menu, click a sheet view such as the Gantt Chart.
On the Format menu, click Text Styles.
In the Item to Change box, click the type of information you want to change, and then select formatting options for that information.
To change the formatting of another type of information without closing the dialog box, click a new type in the Item to Change box, and then select formatting options for that information.
Click OK.
To distinguish a category of tasks, such as critical tasks, from other tasks in your project, you can change the text formatting for all tasks in that category by modifying the text style. You can also change the look of row and column headings, the timescale, and Gantt bar text.
You can change text styles in any view except the Network Diagram and form views. (In some views, however, not all formatting options are available.) Changes you make apply only to the current view.
If certain information in your view requires urgent attention, such as the completion date of a slipped task, you can call attention to that information by formatting it individually.
Tips
To change the format of an individual task, select the task, click Font on the Format menu, and then select formatting options for that text.
To quickly copy the text formatting of one task to another, select the task with formatting you want to copy, click Format Painter , and then select the task to which you want to apply that formatting.
To change the font, font style, color, and text size, select the text you want to change, click Font on the Format menu, and then select the formatting you want to apply.
You can quickly apply character formatting such as bold, italic, or underlining by using the Formatting toolbar. Select the text you want to format, and then click Bold , Italic , or Underline .
To change text alignment, click Align Left ,
Align Center , or
Align Right .
If certain information in your view requires urgent attention, such as the completion date of a slipped task, you can call attention to that information by formatting it individually. In most views, you can change the font, font style, color, and size of the text.
Note This type of formatting won’t change if you change the data later. You’ll need to individually change the formatting you added.
After you’ve entered the basic information about your project, you may want to print it and review the plan.
To make it easy to identify your project, you can add headers, footers, and page numbers. If you want to review certain areas of the plan, you can change to another view, customize the view to show only the information you need, and print it.
On the File menu, click Page Setup.
Click the Header, Footer, or Legend tab.
Click the Left, Center, or Right tab.
In the text box, place the insertion point where you want to add the project information.
In the General and Project fields boxes, click each type of information you want, and then click Add.
Microsoft Project will use the information you typed into the Project Information and Properties dialog boxes to fill in each type of information.
You can add project information to the header, footer, or legend of a view. The project information can be data you entered (such as your company’s name or manager’s name) or data provided by Microsoft Project (such as the page number or project finish date). You can choose the project information that adds the most impact to your printed view.
Note To format project information, you need to select the ampersand (&) that precedes it, or select the entire line, and then click Format Text Font . Select the font, font style, size, and color you want; select the Underline check box if you want; and then click OK.
To see what a project view will look like when printed, click Print Preview .
Before printing a view, it is useful to see what the information will actually look like when printed. You can adjust the page orientation and size, edit headers, footers, and legends, and set print options.
To print a view using the default settings, click Print .
Most often, a printed view includes only the information that’s displayed on your screen when you use the Print command. When you want to print what you see on your screen, print a view. You can print sheet views, graph views, and most chart views, that is, any view except form views and the Relationship Diagram view.
Note To change the default print settings, click Print on the File menu, and then specify the printer and printer properties, the print range, the number of copies, and the date range. To see the results of your changes immediately, click Preview in the Print dialog box.
On the View menu, click Reports.
Click the report type you want, and then click Select.
Click the specific report you want to print, and then click Select.
Click Print.
A report is a predefined set of detailed information about a specific part of your plan. Microsoft Project provides more than 20 predefined reports; for example, the Who Does What report automatically includes each resource’s task assignments, as well as the work, delay, and start and finish dates for each assignment.
Microsoft Project puts the communication potential of the World Wide Web at your fingertips with a variety of Internet and intranet features. With Microsoft Project, you can take advantage of the power of the Web by:
Communicating project plans and collecting project information from team members.
Copying information as a static picture and saving the picture in a Web-compatible file format.
Distributing documents on the Web related to your project.
On the File menu, click Save As Web Page.
If necessary, type a name for the exported file in the File name box, and then click Save.
In the Import/export map list, click the name of the map you want to use for exporting your data, such as Export to HTML using standard template. Note You can define a new map or edit an existing map by clicking New Map.
Click Save.
You can include information from a Microsoft Project schedule in an HTML document for the World Wide Web. Microsoft Project uses import/export maps to determine which fields are exported to HTML format and may use a template to determine how and where the information is displayed in the HTML file. You can create or edit both the HTML import/export maps and the HTML templates.
Note You can edit the sample templates that Microsoft Project provides for creating formatted HTML files from exported data or you can create your own templates. For more information on using sample HTML templates, see HTML export templates and tags.
Select the rows in your project you want to copy or display the area you want to copy on your screen.
On the Edit menu, click Copy Picture.
Under Render image, specify how you want the image rendered:
To copy the information for display on a screen, such as for a Microsoft PowerPoint slide, click For screen.
To copy the information as it would be printed, click For printer.
To copy the information as a GIF image file, for use in a Web page or in other programs, click To GIF image file, and then specify the path and file name you want to copy the image to.
Under Copy, click Rows on screen to copy all visible portions of your plan, or click Selected rows to copy only the row you have selected.
To copy information for a range of dates other than those currently displayed in the timescale, under Timescale, enter a starting and ending date in the From and To boxes.
Click OK.
Switch to the program where you want to paste the Microsoft Project information, and then paste the picture using the program’s Paste command.
You can copy information as a static picture from the active Microsoft Project view and paste it into any program capable of displaying graphical information as images. You can also save the picture in a Web-compatible file format for use on the Web. In many views, you can copy a picture of the entire view or select and copy a portion of the view.
Now that you’ve set up your first project, you can get started working on your own.
When you have questions, select from the options on the Help menu or click the Office Assistant.
stated requirements.
upload all assignment documents to the Unit 5 Assignment 2 Dropbox. Make sure that
you have saved a copy of each of the tools to submit for this assignment.
Assignment 2 Dropbox.
Points
Points
Earned
perform the project’s risk management.
for each risk activity.
for applying contingency and management reserves.
during the project’s life cycle.
Breakdown Structure, Knowledge Areas).
thresholds over time.
analysis.
engagement?
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation). Paper
shows original thought.
4
evaluation and synthesis of information. 4
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of
APA when assigned. 3
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to clarify
the meaning by following accepted conventions.
Minus points lost on Peer Evaluation (15= 0, 14= -1, 13= -2, etc.) 0
project data and financial information pertaining to the development of the feasibility study within
the project planning phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur
between the project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are directed
toward measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical thinking, and
attention to detail, explanations, and professional acumen.
Resources):
findings. Download the appropriate templates in Course Resources to record the information
found. Alternatively you can use recommended internet links in the appendix of your text for a
similar template. The document you use must meet all criteria specified in the grading
rubric. Fill in all sections completely using your assigned assignment scenario found in Course
Resources.
rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the
worksheet. If there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but
required in the rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to the
designated assignment Dropbox.
fully decomposed WBS and Scope Statement to the designated team members’ Dropbox.
Statement to the Unit 1 Assignment 1 Dropbox. Make sure that you have saved a copy of
each of the files you submitted for this Assignment.
Possible
Earned
carried out by the project to accomplish project objectives according to
required deliverables?
represents an increasing detail definition of project work?
the work package level?
it for hierarchal summation of costs, schedule, and resource allocation?
charter?
before deliverables are accepted?
be produced to complete the project’s product?
project (What constitutes “Out of Scope”)?
the execution of the project or a process within the project in scope, time,
cost, or quality)?
f) Is there a description of known assumptions identifying factors in the
planning process that is considered to true, real, or certain, without proof
or demonstration to include those impacts should the assumptions prove
to be false?
points)
evaluation). Paper shows original thought.
inferences. 3
assessment based on evaluation and synthesis of information. 3
points)
Correct use of APA when assigned. 3
(no far-fetched, unsupported comments), precise (say what you
mean), and concise (not wordy).
double space between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar,
punctuation, and spelling help to clarify the meaning by following accepted
conventions.
Resources):
stated requirements.
for time measures; or meters, liters, tons, kilometers, or cubic yards for quantity measures; or
lump sum in currency form) is defined for each of the resources.
(e.g., US $100.49 to US $100, or US $995.59 to US $1,000), based on the scope of the
activities and magnitude of the project
cost estimates is specified, and may include an amount for contingencies
obtained?
processed as defined in the Integrated Change Control process (PMBOK section 4.5)?
called the control account. Each control account is assigned a unique code or account
number(s) that links directly to the performing organizations accounting system.
indicate an agreed—upon amount of variation to be allowed before some action needs to be
taken. Thresholds are typically expressed as percentage deviations from the baseline plan.
performance measurement are set.
documented.
procurement from the beginning to the end of a project.
what conditions.
purchasing department can proceed accordingly.
activities will be managed.
part of the selection criteria (RFQ, RFP, RFB).
documentation will be used as part of the procurement (Organizational procurement forms).
the project’s procurement management process.
contract(s) to award.
contracts department will take
procurement activities associated with the project.
shows original thought.
4
evaluation and synthesis of information. 4
when assigned. 3
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to clarify the meaning
by following accepted conventions.
rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the
worksheet. If there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but
required in the rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to
the designated team members’ Dropbox.
Upload this charter to the designated team members’ Dropbox.
stated requirements.
all assignment documents to the Unit 2 Assignment 2 Dropbox. Make sure that you have
saved a copy of each of the tools to submit for this assignment.
Dropbox.
a) Project scope (WBS) correctly entered down to work package level?
set total labor for the project?
hour/day/month)?
mapped to general ledger/budget line, etc.)?
and defined?
costs (EVM variances thresholds)?
shows original thought.
4
evaluation and synthesis of information. 4
when assigned. 3
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy). 3
between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to clarify
the meaning by following accepted conventions.
(Course Resources):
Impact method and a conditions chart with a risk register.
Tree methodology involving the Gaming Theory philosophies of either Maxi -Min or Mini-
Max. Explain your rationale for your decided choice of risk philosophy and why the
alternative was not chosen.
stated requirements.
Assignment 1 Dropbox. Make sure that you have saved a copy of each of the tools to
submit for this assignment.
additional risk event of choice?
according to the matrix in PMBOK figure 11-5?
design based on the example given in PMBOK figure 11-10?
mitigation or remediation for each?
events using the Decision Tree methodology?
philosophy and justifies decision based on expected project outcomes.
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation).
Paper shows original thought. 3
3
evaluation and synthesis of information. 3
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of
APA when assigned. 3
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to
clarify the meaning by following accepted conventions.
standards as defined from the Project Management Body of Knowledge ( PMBOK®
o Project
▪ Code of accounts identifier to map W BS activities to the Code of
▪ Constraints to project completion and assumptions to address them
▪ Responsible organizations mapped to the work packages
▪ Associated schedule activities external to the project for support
▪ Resources required to complete work package
▪ Quality requirements mapped to the W BS
▪ Acceptance criteria for each deliverable
▪ Agreement documentation
o Bar chart scheduling mapped to the work package level
o Resource schedule mapped to the work package level
● The cost baseline, consisting of:
material
o Scope management plan, with sections addressing the following:
▪ How the decomposed W BS is developed from the detail scope
▪ How the W BS will be maintained and validated
▪ How changes to the scope will be controlled through the change
▪ Introduction (The purpose of the requirements management plan)
▪ How requirements activities are to be planned, tracked, and
▪ How requirements will be prioritized
will be used
▪ Level of accuracy that the schedule will depict
▪ Units of measure to be used (hours, days, weeks, etc.)
Allocation Matrix, that is used to develop the Duration Estimate to be
used to develop the schedule)
when to update it)
▪ Performance measurement rules (percent complete levels, schedule
▪ Report formats
▪ Introduction (The purpose of the cost management
▪ Levels of precision (degree of estimation rounding such as “All hour
to +75% to -25% of the final Estimate at Complete. The Definitive cost
estimate should be accurate to +10% to -5% of final EAC.)
along with the definitive duration estimate to develop the definitive cost
estimate.)
costs before actions need to be taken (i.e., Project costs not to exceed
+10% to – 5% of EAC for any given period.)
performance)
▪ Quality management methodology (Describes the approach to quality)
▪ Quality requirements/standards (reference any specifications
▪ Product/Service quality
▪ Process quality
process for auditing the quality requirements to ensure that quality
standards and operational definitions are met during the process.)
for monitoring and recording the results of activities outputs to assess
performance and recommend necessary
in taking quality measurements and comparing them against
standards/requirements.)
▪ Introduction (The purpose of the process improvement management
finish, process owner, stakeholders for the process)
▪ Process metrics (control limits, variances, out-of-bounds specifications)
▪ Improved performance targets (performance measures to work
following:
▪ Roles and responsibilities (Roles and responsibilities of team members
many different groups/departments and act in the interest of different
functional managers. Additionally, team members may have varying
▪ Organizational charts (graphic displays of the project tasks and team
responsible, accountable, consult, inform (RACI) or responsibility
assignment matrix (RAM) may be used to aid in communicating roles
and responsibilities for the project team. )
when and how human resource requirements will be acquired, the
timeline for when resources are needed and may be released, training
performance reviews will be performed, and the rewards and
recognition system to be used.)
▪ Introduction (The purpose of the communications management plan)
▪ Stakeholder communications requirements
▪ Reason for information distribution
▪ Time frame for information distribution
▪ Person(s) to receive information
▪ Mode of information transmittal
equipment, material)
▪ Method to update and refine the communication
meeting guides, etc.
o Risk management plan, with sections addressing the following:
used in conducting risk management)
and team members with their responsibilities in risk even identification,
▪ Risk budgeting (W hat funds will be needed to be included in the cost
throughout the project lifecycle and what points the management and
contingency reserves can be applied.)
and standardizes the impact of identified risk events.)
score)
risk that will continue to be revised with each risk assessment
▪ Reporting formats (Documented formats for addressing risk in the
process to ensure all risks are address and
▪ Contract Types (W hat types of contracts are to be used on the project
will be responded.)
▪ Methodology (The process that all project procurement actions will
▪ Standardize procurement documents (a listing or facsimiles of required
person(s) for managing multiple suppliers, vendors, and/or contractors
to the project.)
procurement activities with scheduled on site needs.)
▪ Lead times (Identification of lead times to have acquisitions on site at
all scheduled procurement needs.)
▪ Introduction (The purpose of the stakeholder management plan)
the conduct of the project.)
▪ Stakeholder changer (The scope and impact to the change of each
▪ Information distribution (A communications planner for stakeholders
the stated requirements.
Make sure that you have saved a copy of each of the tools to submit for this
assignment.
Assignment 2 Dropbox.
change control process
10
and how they will be used
be used
Resource Allocation Matrix, that is used to develop the
Duration Estimate to be used to develop the schedule)
schedule before actions need to be taken
formulae for schedule performance)
“All hour estimates will be rounded up to the next hour, or
next 5 hours, etc.”)
accurate to +75% to -25% of the final Estimate at Complete.
The Definitive cost estimate should be accurate to +10% to –
e) Organizational link mapping (e.g., Fully decomposed W BS
f) Control thresholds to identify the extent of variance from the
period.)
cost performance)
to quality)
documents that provide these specifications)
the process for auditing the quality requirements to ensure
that quality standards and operational definitions are met
g) Quality control (QC) (explain how to define and document the
outputs to assess performance and recommend necessary
to be used in taking quality measurements and comparing
management plan)
process)
specifications)
management plan)
project. Depending on the organizational structure, project
team members may represent many different
functional managers. Additionally, team members may have
varying degrees of authority and responsibility.
and team members. The purpose of this is to illustrate the
responsibilities of team members as they relate to the project
inform (RACI) or responsibility assignment matrix (RAM) may
be used to aid in communicating roles and responsibilities for
d) Staffing management (contains information on several areas
may be released, training for any resources with identified
gaps in skills required, how performance reviews will be
used.)
labor, equipment, material)
and management chain positions that escalation must follow)
examples, meeting guides, etc.
c) Roles and responsibilities (Defining the risk management
analysis, and response to risks.
reserves.)
the management and contingency reserves can be applied.)
defines and standardizes the impact of identified risk events.)
impacts will be measured against the probabilities of
h) Revised stakeholder tolerances (Identified stakeholder
i) Reporting formats (Documented formats for addressing risk in
tracking process to ensure all risks are addressed and
plan)
the project for procurement.)
how they will be responded.)
will be used as evaluation criteria, i.e. Organizational
contractor lists.)
actions will follow in acquiring resources to include vendor
solicitation, evaluation, down-selection, and administration.)
procurement.)
and/or contractors to the project.)
needs.)
accept, or mitigate.)
k) Make-or-buy management (how make-or-buy decision will be
plan)
can affect the conduct of the project.)
each primary stakeholder.)
stakeholders can be used.)
comparisons and inferences.
and assessment based on evaluation and synthesis of
information.
per page. Correct use of APA when assigned.
what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to clarify the meaning
by following accepted conventions.
0
stated requirements.
all assignment documents to the Unit 4 Assignment 2 Dropbox. Make sure that you have
saved a copy of each of the tools to submit for this assignment.
Dropbox.
applied.
process for monitoring and recording the results of executing the quality activities to assess
performance and recommend necessary changes.
processes, and deliverables.
be used by project team members.
organization and/or industry;
processes to help the team raise productivity; and
organization.
to identify activities that enhance their value.
b) Areas to consider include:
• Process boundaries. Describe the purpose of the process, the start
and end of the process, its inputs and outputs, the process owner,
and the stakeholders of the process.
• Process configuration. Provides a graphic depiction to processes,
with interfaces identified, and used to facilitate analysis.
• Process metrics. Along with control limits, allows analysis of process
efficiency.
• Targets for improved performance. Guide the process improvement
activities.
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation). Paper
shows original thought.
4
evaluation and synthesis of information. 4
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of
APA when assigned. 3
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to clarify
the meaning by following accepted conventions.
Minus points lost on Peer Evaluation (15= 0, 14= -1, 13= -2, etc.) 0
2
WBS
WBS #
TASKS
1
0
Engine Mount Assembly
1.1
Locate engine mount parts
1.2
Laying mout to ruler
1.
3
Marking mount
1.
4
Cutting mount
1.
5
Inserting hook
1.
6
Testing adapter ring
1.
7
Glue
2.0
Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1
Locate cord mount parts
2.2
Cut cord mount
2.3
Crease assembly
2.4
Glue mount assembly
2.5
Fold mount assembly
2.6
Clamp mount assembly
3.0
Fin Preparation
3.1
Select fin pattern
3.2
Trace fin patterns
3.3
Cut fin patterns
3.4
Save scrap
3.5
Course sand fins
3.6
Fine sand fins
4.0
Engine Mount Installation
4.1
Locate body tube
4.2
Measure body tube
4.3
Spread glue
4.4
Insert engine mount
5.0
Tube Marking Detail
5.1
Locate tube marking guide
5.2
Wrap guide
5.3
Mark tube
5.4
Draw fin markings
6.0
Fin Attachment
6.1
Apply glue
6.2
Apply second layer glue
6.3
Adjust fin
6.4
Set aside to dry
7.0
Launch Lug Attachment
7.1
Measure lug attachement
7.2
Glue lug attachment
7.3
Dry lug attachment
8
Glue Reinforcement
8.1
Reinforce fins
8.2
Glue dry
9
Shock Cord Mount Attachment
9.1
9.2
9.3
Set mount
9.4
Set glue
10
Parachute
10.1
Cut out parachute
10.2
Tape removal
10.3
Tape attachment
10.4
Shroud line assembly
10.5
Shroud line attachment
11
Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
11.1
Shroud line threading
11.2
Parachute pass throough
1
1.3
Line tightening
1
1.4
Shock cord tie down
12
Finishing Rocket
12.1
Verify dryness
12.2
Prime rocket
12.3
Paint rocket
12.4
Decal rocket
12.5
Decal qualitry assurance
12.6
Large decals
Activity List
DELIVERABLES & TASKS
ACTIVITIES
Locate engine mount parts
Locate light blue engine mount tube
Locate engine hook
Locate green adapter ring
Laying mount to ruler
Move tube to ruler
Align with zero mark
Take pencil
Mark tube
Mark
25
Mark
64
Cut 3mm slit
Insert hook
Extend hook
Slide ring into front of engine tube
Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark
Glue & Dry
Apply glue
Apply glue to one side
Apply glue to other side
Dry glue
Set assembly aside
Allow to dry
Locate cord mount parts
Locate cord mount on pattern sheet
Cut cord mount along outline
Fold on dotted lines
Crease on dotted lines
Spread glue
Lay end of shock cord in glue
Fold section 1
Apply glue section 3
Fold again
Clamp assembly
Fin Preparation
Select fin pattern
Cut fin pattern from sheet
Trace fin #1
Match fin #1
Trace fin #2
Match fin #2
Match fin #2
Cut fin patterns
Cut fin #1
Chect fin #1
Cut fin #2
Chect fin #2
Cut fin #3
Chect fin #3
Set aside piece scrap basa wood
Lay sandpaper
Stack fins
Sand fins
Fine sand fin #1
Round leading edge fin #1
Round trailing edge fin #1
Streamline training edge fin #1
Fine sand fin #2
Round leading edge fin #2
Round trailing edge fin #2
Streamline training edge fin #2
Fine sand fin #3
Round leading edge fin #3
Round trailing edge fin #3
Streamline training edge fin #3
Locate body tube Locate body tube
Measure body tube
38
Spread glue around body tube
Insert engine mount assembly into body tube
Locate tube marking guide
Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet
Cut guide alone outline
Wrap guide around body tube
Tape guide to body tube
Mark tube for fins
Mark tube for fin #1
Mark tube for fin #2
Mark tube for fin #3
Write LL on body tube
Remove guide
Fin #1
Draw straight line
Extend line
76
Fin #2
Extend line 76mm
Fin #3
Extend line 76mm
Draw launch lug line
Draw line
102
Apply glue to root edges of fins
Apply to fin #1
Allow fin #1 to dry
Apply to fin #2
Allow fin #2 to dry
Apply to fin #3
Allow fin #3 to dry
Apply more glue to Fin #1
Set fin #1
Press fin #1
Apply more glue to Fin #2
Set fin #2
Press fin #2
Apply more glue to Fin #3
Set fin #3
Press fin #3
Adjust fins
Adjust fin #1
Attach fin #1
Adjust fin #2
Attach fin #2
Adjust fin #3
Attach fin #3
Stand rocket on drying table
Allow fins to dry
Measure lug attachement
Measure
41
Mark attachment point
Apply glue to launch lug
Attach launch lug to body tube
Ensure launch lug alignment
Glue Reinforcement
Reinforce fins
Reinforce fin fin #1
Reinforce fin fin #2
Reinforce fin fin #3
Reinforce launch lug
Reinforch side 1
Reinforce side 2
Glue drying
Wipe away excess glue
Shock Cord Mount Attachment
Measure body tube
Measure 25mm
Apply glue to shock cord
Insert cord into tube
Set mount 25mm
Press mount into glue
Hold mount attachment
Parachute Assembly
Cut parachute along line
Remove tape
Fold shroud lines
Cut shroud lines
Attach tape rings
Attach tape ring #1
Attach tape ring #2
Attach tape ring #3
Attach tape ring #4
Attach tape ring #5
Attach tape ring #6
Press tape tape rings into place
Press tape tape rings into place #1
Press tape tape rings into place #2
Press tape tape rings into place #3
Press tape tape rings into place #4
Press tape tape rings into place #5
Press tape tape rings into place #6
Punch tape ring holes
Punch tape ring holes #1
Punch tape ring holes #2
Punch tape ring holes #3
Punch tape ring holes #4
Punch tape ring holes #5
Punch tape ring holes #6
Pass shroud line through hole
Tie lines together
Shroud line threading
Thread shroud lines
Pass parachute through loop
Pull lines tight
Tie down shock cord free end
Verify dryness
Check to ensure glue joint are dry
Apply primer coat #1
Sand rocket body #1
Apply primer coat #2
Sand rocket body #2
Insert paint handle
Apply paint to rocket
Apply Water Decals
Cut decals
Decal #1
Decal #2
Decal #3
Decal #4
Decal #5
Decal #6
Decal #7
Decal #8
Decal #9
Decal #10
Decal #11
Decal #12
Decal #
13
Dip in water
Decal #2
Decal #3
Decal #4
Decal #5
Decal #6
Decal #7
Decal #8
Decal #9
Decal #10
Decal #11
Decal #12
Decal #13
Slip decals
Decal #2
Decal #3
Decal #4
Decal #5
Decal #6
Decal #7
Decal #8
Decal #9
Decal #10
Decal #11
Decal #12
Decal #13
Blot decals
Decal #2
Decal #3
Decal #4
Decal #5
Decal #6
Decal #7
Decal #8
Decal #9
Decal #10
Decal #11
Decal #12
Decal #13
Dry decals
Allow to dry overnight
Apply clear spray to decals
Apply spray to rocket
Apply large decals
Peel backing
Cut away backing
Align decal
Peel off backing
Smooth decal
WBS # TASKS
1.0
1.1 Locate engine mount parts
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.2 Laying mount to ruler
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.3 Marking mount
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.
3.2.1
Mark 25mm
1.
3.2.2
Mark 64 mm
1.4 Cutting mount
1.4.1
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.6
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.7
1.7.1
1.
7.1.1
1.
7.1.2
1.7.2
1.
7.2.1
1.
7.2.2
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1 Locate cord mount parts
2.1.1
2.2 Cut cord mount
2.2.1
2.3 Crease assembly
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.4 Glue mount assembly
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.5 Fold mount assembly
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.6 Clamp mount assembly
2.6.1
2.6.2
3.0 Fin Preparation
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.2 Trace fin patterns
3.2.1 Trace fin #1
3.2.2 Match fin #1
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6
3.3 Cut fin patterns
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.4 Save scrap
3.4.1
3.5 Course sand fins
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.6 Fine sand fins
3.6.1
3.
6.1.1
3.
6.1.2
3.
6.1.3
3.6.2
3.
6.2.1
3.
6.2.2
3.
6.2.3
3.6.3
3.
6.3.1
3.
6.3.2
3.
6.3.3
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
4.1 Locate body tube
4.1.1
4.2 Measure body tube
4.2.1
Measure body tube 38 mm
4.3 Spread glue
4.3.1
4.4 Insert engine mount
4.4.1
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
5.1 Locate tube marking guide
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.2 Wrap guide
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.3 Mark tube
5.3.1
5.3.1.1
5.3.1.2
5.3.1.3
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.4 Draw fin markings
5.4.1
5.4.1.1
5.4.1.2
5.4.2
5.4.2.1
5.4.2.2
5.4.3
5.4.3.1
5.4.3.2
5.4.4
5.4.4.1
Draw line 102 mm
6.0 Fin Attachment
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins
6.1.1 Apply to fin #1
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
6.2 Apply second layer glue
6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1
6.2.2 Set fin #1
6.2.3 Press fin #1
6.2.4
6.2.5
6.2.6
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.9
6.3 Adjust fins
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2
6.3.4
6.3.5
6.3.6
6.4 Set aside to dry
6.4.1
6.4.2
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
7.1 Measure lug attachement
7.1.1
Measure 41mm
7.1.2 Mark attachment point
7.2 Glue lug attachment
7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube
7.3 Dry lug attachment
7.3.1
7.3.2
8.0
8.1 Reinforce fins
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.2 Reinforce launch lug
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2 Glue drying
8.2.1 Stand rocket on drying table
8.2.2 Wipe away excess glue
8.2.3
9.0
9.1.1
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.3 Set mount
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.4 Set glue
9.4.1
9.4.2
10.0
10.1 Cut out parachute
10.1.1
10.2 Tape removal
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.3 Tape attachment
10.3.1
10.3.1.1
10.3.1.2
10.3.1.3
10.3.1.4
10.3.1.5
10.3.1.6
10.3.2
10.3.2.1
10.3.2.2
10.3.2.3
10.3.2.4
10.3.2.5
10.3.2.6
10.3.3
10.3.3.1
10.3.3.2
10.3.3.3
10.3.3.4
10.3.3.5
10.3.3.6
10.4 Shroud line assembly
10.4.1
10.4.2
11.0
11.1 Shroud line threading
11.1.1
11.2 Parachute pass throough
11.2.1
11.3
11.3.1
11.4
11.4.1
12.0
12.1 Verify dryness
12.1.1
12.2 Prime rocket
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
12.3 Paint rocket
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.3.3
12.4 Apply Water Decals
12.4.1
12.4.1.1
12.4.1.2
12.4.1.3
12.4.1.4
12.4.1.5
12.4.1.6
12.4.1.7
12.4.1.8
12.4.1.9
12.4.1.10
12.4.1.11
12.4.1.12
12.4.1.13
12.4.2
12.4.2.1
12.4.2.2
12.4.2.3
12.4.2.4
12.4.2.5
12.4.2.6
12.4.2.7
12.4.2.8
12.4.2.9
12.4.2.10
12.4.2.11
12.4.2.12
12.4.2.13
12.4.3
12.4.3.1
12.4.3.2
12.4.3.3
12.4.3.4
12.4.3.5
12.4.3.6
12.4.3.7
12.4.3.8
12.4.3.9
12.4.3.10
12.4.3.11
12.4.3.12
12.4.3.13
12.4.4
12.4.4.1
12.4.4.2
12.4.4.3
12.4.4.4
12.4.4.5
12.4.4.6
12.4.4.7
12.4.4.8
12.4.4.9
12.4.4.10
12.4.4.11
12.4.4.12
12.4.4.13
12.4.5
12.5.1
12.4.6
12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket
12.5 Apply large decals
12.5.1 Peel backing
12.5.2
12.5.3
12.5.4
12.5.5
Network
Engine Mount Assembly Engine Mount Installation Launch Lug Attachment
Fin Preparation Tube Marking Detail Fin Attachment Glue Reinforcement
Shock Cord Mount Assembly Finishing Rocket
Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone Shock Cord Mount Attachment
Gantt
DAY 1
DAY 2
DAY 3
DAY 4
DAY 5
DAY 6
DAY 7
DAY 8
DAY 9
DAY 10
DAY 11
DAY 12
DAY 13
DAY
14
DAY
15
DAY
16
DAY
17
DAY
18
DAY
19
WBS # TASKS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20
21
22
23
24
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
39
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
3.0 Fin Preparation
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
6.0 Fin Attachment
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment
10.0 Parachute Assembly
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
12.0 Finishing Rocket
Duration
WBS # TASKS
1.0 Engine Mount Assembly
1.1 Locate engine mount parts
1.1.1 Locate light blue engine mount tube
1.1.2 Locate engine hook
1.1.3 Locate green adapter ring
1.2 Laying mount to ruler
1.2.1 Move tube to ruler
1.2.2 Align with zero mark
1.3 Marking mount
1.3.1 Take pencil
1.3.2 Mark tube
1.3.2.1
1.3.2.2
1.4 Cutting mount
1.4.1 Cut 3mm slit
1.5 Inserting hook
1.5.1 Insert hook
1.5.2 Extend hook
1.6 Testing adapter ring
1.6.1 Slide ring into front of engine tube
1.6.2 Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark
1.7 Glue & Dry
1.7.1 Apply glue
1.7.1.1
1.7.1.2
1.7.2 Dry glue
1.7.2.1
1.7.2.2
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1 Locate cord mount parts
2.1.1 Locate cord mount on pattern sheet
2.2 Cut cord mount
2.2.1 Cut cord mount along outline
2.3 Crease assembly
2.3.1 Fold on dotted lines
2.3.2 Crease on dotted lines
2.4 Glue mount assembly
2.4.1 Spread glue
2.4.2 Lay end of shock cord in glue
2.5 Fold mount assembly
2.5.1 Fold section 1
2.5.2 Apply glue section 3
2.5.3 Fold again
2.6 Clamp mount assembly
2.6.1 Clamp assembly
2.6.2 Allow to dry
3.0 Fin Preparation
3.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.2 Cut fin pattern from sheet
3.2 Trace fin patterns
3.2.1 Trace fin #1
3.2.2 Match fin #1
3.2.3 Trace fin #2
3.2.4 Match fin #2
3.2.5 Trace fin #2
3.2.6 Match fin #2
3.3 Cut fin patterns
3.3.1 Cut fin #1
3.3.2 Chect fin #1
3.3.3 Cut fin #2
3.3.4 Chect fin #2
3.3.5 Cut fin #3
3.3.6 Chect fin #3
3.4 Save scrap
3.4.1 Set aside piece scrap basa wood
3.5 Course sand fins
3.5.1 Lay sandpaper
3.5.2 Stack fins
3.5.3 Sand fins
3.6 Fine sand fins
3.6.1 Fine sand fin #1
3.6.1.1
3.6.1.2
3.6.1.3
3.6.2 Fine sand fin #2
3.6.2.1
3.6.2.2
3.6.2.3
3.6.3 Fine sand fin #3
3.6.3.1
3.6.3.2
3.6.3.3
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
4.1 Locate body tube
4.1.1 Locate body tube
4.2 Measure body tube
4.2.1 Measure body tube 38 mm
4.3 Spread glue
4.3.1 Spread glue around body tube
4.4 Insert engine mount
4.4.1 Insert engine mount assembly into body tube
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
5.1 Locate tube marking guide
5.1.1 Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet
5.1.2 Cut guide alone outline
5.2 Wrap guide
5.2.1 Wrap guide around body tube
5.2.2 Tape guide to body tube
5.3 Mark tube
5.3.1 Mark tube for fins
5.3.1.1 Mark tube for fin #1
5.3.1.2 Mark tube for fin #2
5.3.1.3 Mark tube for fin #3
5.3.2 Write LL on body tube
5.3.3 Remove guide
5.4 Draw fin markings
5.4.1 Fin #1
5.4.1.1 Draw straight line
5.4.1.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.2 Fin #2
5.4.2.1 Draw straight line
5.4.2.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.3 Fin #3
5.4.3.1 Draw straight line
5.4.3.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.4 Draw launch lug line
5.4.4.1 Draw line 102 mm
6.0 Fin Attachment
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins
6.1.1 Apply to fin #1
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2
6.1.4 Allow fin #2 to dry
6.1.5 Apply to fin #3
6.1.6 Allow fin #3 to dry
6.2 Apply second layer glue
6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1
6.2.2 Set fin #1
6.2.3 Press fin #1
6.2.4 Apply more glue to Fin #2
6.2.5 Set fin #2
6.2.6 Press fin #2
6.2.7 Apply more glue to Fin #3
6.2.8 Set fin #3
6.2.9 Press fin #3
6.3 Adjust fins
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2
6.3.4 Attach fin #2
6.3.5 Adjust fin #3
6.3.6 Attach fin #3
6.4 Set aside to dry
6.4.1 Stand rocket on drying table
6.4.2 Allow fins to dry
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
7.1 Measure lug attachement
7.1.1 Measure 41mm
7.1.2 Mark attachment point
7.2 Glue lug attachment
7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube
7.3 Dry lug attachment
7.3.1 Ensure launch lug alignment
7.3.2 Allow to dry
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
8.1 Reinforce fins
8.1.1 Reinforce fin fin #1
8.1.2 Reinforce fin fin #2
8.1.3 Reinforce fin fin #3
8.2 Reinforce launch lug
8.2.1 Reinforch side 1
8.2.2 Reinforce side 2
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
9.1 Measure body tube
9.1.1 Measure 25mm
9.2 Apply glue
9.2.1 Apply glue to shock cord
9.2.2 Insert cord into tube
9.3 Set mount
9.3.1 Set mount 25mm
9.3.2 Press mount into glue
9.4 Set glue
9.4.1 Hold mount attachment
9.4.2 Allow to dry
10.0 Parachute Assembly
10.1 Cut out parachute
10.1.1 Cut parachute along line
10.2 Tape removal
10.2.1 Remove tape
10.2.2 Fold shroud lines
10.2.3 Cut shroud lines
10.3 Tape attachment
10.3.1 Attach tape rings
10.3.1.1 Attach tape ring #1
10.3.1.2 Attach tape ring #2
10.3.1.3 Attach tape ring #3
10.3.1.4 Attach tape ring #4
10.3.1.5 Attach tape ring #5
10.3.1.6 Attach tape ring #6
10.3.2 Press tape tape rings into place
10.3.2.1 Press tape tape rings into place #1
10.3.2.2 Press tape tape rings into place #2
10.3.2.3 Press tape tape rings into place #3
10.3.2.4 Press tape tape rings into place #4
10.3.2.5 Press tape tape rings into place #5
10.3.2.6 Press tape tape rings into place #6
10.3.3 Punch tape ring holes
10.3.3.1 Punch tape ring holes #1
10.3.3.2 Punch tape ring holes #2
10.3.3.3 Punch tape ring holes #3
10.3.3.4 Punch tape ring holes #4
10.3.3.5 Punch tape ring holes #5
10.3.3.6 Punch tape ring holes #6
10.4 Shroud line assembly
10.4.1 Pass shroud line through hole
10.4.2 Tie lines together
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
11.1 Shroud line threading
11.1.1 Thread shroud lines
11.2 Parachute pass throough
11.2.1 Pass parachute through loop
11.3 Line tightening
11.3.1 Pull lines tight
11.4 Shock cord tie down
11.4.1 Tie down shock cord free end
12.0 Finishing Rocket
12.1 Verify dryness
12.1.1 Check to ensure glue joint are dry
12.2 Prime rocket
12.2.1 Apply primer coat #1
12.2.2 Sand rocket body #1
12.2.3 Apply primer coat #2
12.2.4 Sand rocket body #2
12.3 Paint rocket
12.3.1 Insert paint handle
12.3.2 Apply paint to rocket
12.3.3 Allow to dry
12.4 Apply Water Decals
12.4.1 Cut decals
12.4.1.1 Decal #1
12.4.1.2 Decal #2
12.4.1.3 Decal #3
12.4.1.4 Decal #4
12.4.1.5 Decal #5
12.4.1.6 Decal #6
12.4.1.7 Decal #7
12.4.1.8 Decal #8
12.4.1.9 Decal #9
12.4.1.10 Decal #10
12.4.1.11 Decal #11
12.4.1.12 Decal #12
12.4.1.13 Decal #13
12.4.2 Dip in water
12.4.2.1 Decal #1
12.4.2.2 Decal #2
12.4.2.3 Decal #3
12.4.2.4 Decal #4
12.4.2.5 Decal #5
12.4.2.6 Decal #6
12.4.2.7 Decal #7
12.4.2.8 Decal #8
12.4.2.9 Decal #9
12.4.2.10 Decal #10
12.4.2.11 Decal #11
12.4.2.12 Decal #12
12.4.2.13 Decal #13
12.4.3 Slip decals
12.4.3.1 Decal #1
12.4.3.2 Decal #2
12.4.3.3 Decal #3
12.4.3.4 Decal #4
12.4.3.5 Decal #5
12.4.3.6 Decal #6
12.4.3.7 Decal #7
12.4.3.8 Decal #8
12.4.3.9 Decal #9
12.4.3.10 Decal #10
12.4.3.11 Decal #11
12.4.3.12 Decal #12
12.4.3.13 Decal #13
12.4.4 Blot decals
12.4.4.1 Decal #1
12.4.4.2 Decal #2
12.4.4.3 Decal #3
12.4.4.4 Decal #4
12.4.4.5 Decal #5
12.4.4.6 Decal #6
12.4.4.7 Decal #7
12.4.4.8 Decal #8
12.4.4.9 Decal #9
12.4.4.10 Decal #10
12.4.4.11 Decal #11
12.4.4.12 Decal #12
12.4.4.13 Decal #13
12.4.5 Dry decals
12.5.1 Allow to dry overnight
12.4.6 Apply clear spray to decals
12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket
12.5 Apply large decals
12.5.1 Peel backing
12.5.2 Cut away backing
12.5.3 Align decal
12.5.4 Peel off backing
12.5.5 Smooth decal
X
WBS # TASKS
Fitter
Draftsman
Cutter
Gluer
Sander
1.0 Engine Mount Assembly X X X X
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly X X X
3.0 Fin Preparation X X X X
4.0 Engine Mount Installation X X X
6.0 Fin Attachment
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment
10.0 Parachute Assembly
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
12.0 Finishing Rocket
RAM
WBS # TASKS Fitter Draftsman Cutter Gluer
Painter
Sr Sander
Dummy
1.1 Locate engine mount parts
1.1.1 Locate light blue engine mount tube
1.1.2 Locate engine hook
1.1.3 Locate green adapter ring
1.2 Laying mount to ruler
1.2.1 Move tube to ruler
1.2.2 Align with zero mark
1.3 Marking mount
1.3.1 Take pencil
1.3.1.1
1.3.2.1 Mark 25mm
1.3.2.2 Mark 64 mm
1.4 Cutting mount
1.4.1 Cut 3mm slit
1.5 Inserting hook
1.5.1 Insert hook
1.5.2 Extend hook
1.6 Testing adapter ring
1.6.1 Slide ring into front of engine tube
1.6.2 Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark
1.7 Glue & Dry
1.7.1 Apply glue
1.7.1.1 Apply glue to one side
1.7.1.2 Apply glue to other side
1.7.2 Dry glue
1.7.2.1 Set assembly aside
1.7.2.2 Allow to dry
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1 Locate cord mount parts
2.1.1 Locate cord mount on pattern sheet
2.2 Cut cord mount
2.2.1 Cut cord mount along outline
2.3 Crease assembly
2.3.1 Fold on dotted lines
2.3.2 Crease on dotted lines
2.4 Glue mount assembly
2.4.1 Spread glue
2.4.2 Lay end of shock cord in glue
2.5 Fold mount assembly
2.5.1 Fold section 1
2.5.2 Apply glue section 3
2.5.3 Fold again
2.6 Clamp mount assembly
2.6.1 Clamp assembly
2.6.2 Allow to dry
3.0 Fin Preparation
3.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.2 Cut fin pattern from sheet
3.2 Trace fin patterns
3.2.1 Trace fin #1
3.2.2 Match fin #1
3.2.3 Trace fin #2
3.2.4 Match fin #2
3.2.5 Trace fin #2
3.2.6 Match fin #2
3.3 Cut fin patterns
3.3.1 Cut fin #1
3.3.2 Chect fin #1
3.3.3 Cut fin #2
3.3.4 Chect fin #2
3.3.5 Cut fin #3
3.3.6 Chect fin #3
3.4 Save scrap
3.4.1 Set aside piece scrap basa wood
3.5 Course sand fins
3.5.1 Lay sandpaper
3.5.2 Stack fins
3.5.3 Sand fins
3.6 Fine sand fins
3.6.1 Fine sand fin #1
3.6.1.1 Round leading edge fin #1
3.6.1.2 Round trailing edge fin #1
3.6.1.3 Streamline training edge fin #1
3.6.2 Fine sand fin #2
3.6.2.1 Round leading edge fin #2
3.6.2.2 Round trailing edge fin #2
3.6.2.3 Streamline training edge fin #2
3.6.3 Fine sand fin #3
3.6.3.1 Round leading edge fin #3
3.6.3.2 Round trailing edge fin #3
3.6.3.3 Streamline training edge fin #3
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
4.1 Locate body tube
4.1.1 Locate body tube
4.2 Measure body tube
4.2.1 Measure body tube 38 mm
4.3 Spread glue
4.3.1 Spread glue around body tube
4.4 Insert engine mount
4.4.1 Insert engine mount assembly into body tube
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
5.1 Locate tube marking guide
5.1.1 Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet
5.1.2 Cut guide alone outline
5.2 Wrap guide
5.2.1 Wrap guide around body tube
5.2.2 Tape guide to body tube
5.3 Mark tube
5.3.1 Mark tube for fins
5.3.1.1 Mark tube for fin #1
5.3.1.2 Mark tube for fin #2
5.3.1.3 Mark tube for fin #3
5.3.2 Write LL on body tube
5.3.3 Remove guide
5.4 Draw fin markings
5.4.1 Fin #1
5.4.1.1 Draw straight line
5.4.1.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.2 Fin #2
5.4.2.1 Draw straight line
5.4.2.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.3 Fin #3
5.4.3.1 Draw straight line
5.4.3.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.4 Draw launch lug line
5.4.4.1 Draw line 102 mm
6.0 Fin Attachment
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins
6.1.1 Apply to fin #1
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2
6.1.4 Allow fin #2 to dry
6.1.5 Apply to fin #3
6.1.6 Allow fin #3 to dry
6.2 Apply second layer glue
6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1
6.2.2 Set fin #1
6.2.3 Press fin #1
6.2.4 Apply more glue to Fin #2
6.2.5 Set fin #2
6.2.6 Press fin #2
6.2.7 Apply more glue to Fin #3
6.2.8 Set fin #3
6.2.9 Press fin #3
6.3 Adjust fins
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2
6.3.4 Attach fin #2
6.3.5 Adjust fin #3
6.3.6 Attach fin #3
6.4 Set aside to dry
6.4.1 Stand rocket on drying table
6.4.2 Allow fins to dry
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
7.1 Measure lug attachement
7.1.1 Measure 41mm
7.1.2 Mark attachment point
7.2 Glue lug attachment
7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube
7.3 Dry lug attachment
7.3.1 Ensure launch lug alignment
7.3.2 Allow to dry
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
8.1 Reinforce fins
8.1.1 Reinforce fin fin #1
8.1.2 Reinforce fin fin #2
8.1.3 Reinforce fin fin #3
8.2 Reinforce launch lug
8.2.1 Reinforch side 1
8.2.2 Reinforce side 2
8.3 Glue drying
8.3.1 Stand rocket on drying table
8.3.2 Wipe away excess glue
8.3.3 Allow to dry
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment
9.1 Measure body tube
9.1.1 Measure 25mm
9.2 Apply glue
9.2.1 Apply glue to shock cord
9.2.2 Insert cord into tube
9.3 Set mount
9.3.1 Set mount 25mm
9.3.2 Press mount into glue
9.4 Set glue
9.4.1 Hold mount attachment
9.4.2 Allow to dry
10.0 Parachute Assembly
10.1 Cut out parachute
10.1.1 Cut parachute along line
10.2 Tape removal
10.2.1 Remove tape
10.2.2 Fold shroud lines
10.2.3 Cut shroud lines
10.3 Tape attachment
10.3.1 Attach tape rings
10.3.1.1 Attach tape ring #1
10.3.1.2 Attach tape ring #2
10.3.1.3 Attach tape ring #3
10.3.1.4 Attach tape ring #4
10.3.1.5 Attach tape ring #5
10.3.1.6 Attach tape ring #6
10.3.2 Press tape tape rings into place
10.3.2.1 Press tape tape rings into place #1
10.3.2.2 Press tape tape rings into place #2
10.3.2.3 Press tape tape rings into place #3
10.3.2.4 Press tape tape rings into place #4
10.3.2.5 Press tape tape rings into place #5
10.3.2.6 Press tape tape rings into place #6
10.3.3 Punch tape ring holes
10.3.3.1 Punch tape ring holes #1
10.3.3.2 Punch tape ring holes #2
10.3.3.3 Punch tape ring holes #3
10.3.3.4 Punch tape ring holes #4
10.3.3.5 Punch tape ring holes #5
10.3.3.6 Punch tape ring holes #6
10.4 Shroud line assembly
10.4.1 Pass shroud line through hole
10.4.2 Tie lines together
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
11.1 Shroud line threading
11.1.1 Thread shroud lines
11.2 Parachute pass throough
11.2.1 Pass parachute through loop
11.3 Line tightening
11.3.1 Pull lines tight
11.4 Shock cord tie down
11.4.1 Tie down shock cord free end
12.0 Finishing Rocket
12.1 Verify dryness
12.1.1 Check to ensure glue joint are dry
12.2 Prime rocket
12.2.1 Apply primer coat #1
12.2.2 Sand rocket body #1
12.2.3 Apply primer coat #2
12.2.4 Sand rocket body #2
12.3 Paint rocket
12.3.1 Insert paint handle
12.3.2 Apply paint to rocket
12.3.3 Allow to dry
12.4 Apply Water Decals
12.4.1 Cut decals
12.4.1.1 Decal #1
12.4.1.2 Decal #2
12.4.1.3 Decal #3
12.4.1.4 Decal #4
12.4.1.5 Decal #5
12.4.1.6 Decal #6
12.4.1.7 Decal #7
12.4.1.8 Decal #8
12.4.1.9 Decal #9
12.4.1.10 Decal #10
12.4.1.11 Decal #11
12.4.1.12 Decal #12
12.4.1.13 Decal #13
12.4.2 Dip in water
12.4.2.1 Decal #1
12.4.2.2 Decal #2
12.4.2.3 Decal #3
12.4.2.4 Decal #4
12.4.2.5 Decal #5
12.4.2.6 Decal #6
12.4.2.7 Decal #7
12.4.2.8 Decal #8
12.4.2.9 Decal #9
12.4.2.10 Decal #10
12.4.2.11 Decal #11
12.4.2.12 Decal #12
12.4.2.13 Decal #13
12.4.3 Slip decals
12.4.3.1 Decal #1
12.4.3.2 Decal #2
12.4.3.3 Decal #3
12.4.3.4 Decal #4
12.4.3.5 Decal #5
12.4.3.6 Decal #6
12.4.3.7 Decal #7
12.4.3.8 Decal #8
12.4.3.9 Decal #9
12.4.3.10 Decal #10
12.4.3.11 Decal #11
12.4.3.12 Decal #12
12.4.3.13 Decal #13
12.4.4 Blot decals
12.4.4.1 Decal #1
12.4.4.2 Decal #2
12.4.4.3 Decal #3
12.4.4.4 Decal #4
12.4.4.5 Decal #5
12.4.4.6 Decal #6
12.4.4.7 Decal #7
12.4.4.8 Decal #8
12.4.4.9 Decal #9
12.4.4.10 Decal #10
12.4.4.11 Decal #11
12.4.4.12 Decal #12
12.4.4.13 Decal #13
12.4.5 Dry decals
12.5.1 Allow to dry overnight
12.4.6 Apply clear spray to decals
12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket
12.5 Apply large decals
12.5.1 Peel backing
12.5.2 Cut away backing
12.5.3 Align decal
12.5.4 Peel off backing
12.5.5 Smooth decal
Rates
Fitter Draftsman Cutter Gluer Painter Sander Sr Sander
$9.00
$35.00
$12.25
$8.00
$11.50
$7.50
$13.00
Roll-Up Est
WBS # TASKS Fitter Draftsman Cutter Gluer Painter Sander Sr Sander Dummy Duration
1.0 Engine Mount Assembly 10 4 1 2 0 0 0 1 18
1.1 Locate engine mount parts 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.1.1 Locate light blue engine mount tube 1
1.1.2 Locate engine hook 1
1.1.3 Locate green adapter ring 1
1.2 Laying mount to ruler 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.2.1 Move tube to ruler 1
1.2.2 Align with zero mark 1
1.3 Marking mount 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.3.1 Take pencil 1
1.3.2 Mark tube 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.3.2.1 Mark 25mm 1
1.3.2.2 Mark 64 mm 1
1.4 Cutting mount 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1.4.1 Cut 3mm slit 1
1.5 Inserting hook 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.5.1 Insert hook 1
1.5.2 Extend hook 1
1.6 Testing adapter ring 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
1.6.1 Slide ring into front of engine tube 1
1.6.2 Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark 1 1
1.7 Glue & Dry 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 1
1.7.1 Apply glue 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
1.7.1.1 Apply glue to one side 1
1.7.1.2 Apply glue to other side 1
1.7.2 Dry glue 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
1.7.2.1 Set assembly aside 1
1.7.2.2 Allow to dry 1
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly 7 0 1 3 0 0 0 1 12
2.1 Locate cord mount parts 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2.1.1 Locate cord mount on pattern sheet 1
2.2 Cut cord mount 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
2.2.1 Cut cord mount along outline 1
2.3 Crease assembly 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2.3.1 Fold on dotted lines 1
2.3.2 Crease on dotted lines 1
2.4 Glue mount assembly 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
2.4.1 Spread glue 1
2.4.2 Lay end of shock cord in glue 1 1
2.5 Fold mount assembly 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
2.5.1 Fold section 1 1
2.5.2 Apply glue section 3 1
2.5.3 Fold again 1
2.6 Clamp mount assembly 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
2.6.1 Clamp assembly 1
2.6.2 Allow to dry 1
3.0 Fin Preparation 6 6 7 0 0 2 9 0 30
3.1 Select fin pattern 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
3.1.1 Select fin pattern 1
3.1.2 Cut fin pattern from sheet 1
3.2 Trace fin patterns 3 6 0 0 0 0 0 0
3.2.1 Trace fin #1 1
3.2.2 Match fin #1 1 1
3.2.3 Trace fin #2 1
3.2.4 Match fin #2 1 1
3.2.5 Trace fin #2 1
3.2.6 Match fin #2 1 1
3.3 Cut fin patterns 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
3.3.1 Cut fin #1 1
3.3.2 Chect fin #1 1
3.3.3 Cut fin #2 1
3.3.4 Chect fin #2 1
3.3.5 Cut fin #3 1
3.3.6 Chect fin #3 1
3.4 Save scrap 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3.4.1 Set aside piece scrap basa wood 1
3.5 Course sand fins 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0
3.5.1 Lay sandpaper 1
3.5.2 Stack fins 1
3.5.3 Sand fins 1
3.6 Fine sand fins 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0
3.6.1 Fine sand fin #1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
3.6.1.1 Round leading edge fin #1 1
3.6.1.2 Round trailing edge fin #1 1
3.6.1.3 Streamline training edge fin #1 1
3.6.2 Fine sand fin #2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
3.6.2.1 Round leading edge fin #2 1
3.6.2.2 Round trailing edge fin #2 1
3.6.2.3 Streamline training edge fin #2 1
3.6.3 Fine sand fin #3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
3.6.3.1 Round leading edge fin #3 1
3.6.3.2 Round trailing edge fin #3 1
3.6.3.3 Streamline training edge fin #3 1
4.0 Engine Mount Installation 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 4
4.1 Locate body tube 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4.1.1 Locate body tube 1
4.2 Measure body tube 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
4.2.1 Measure body tube 38 mm 1
4.3 Spread glue 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
4.3.1 Spread glue around body tube 1
4.4 Insert engine mount 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4.4.1 Insert engine mount assembly into body tube 1
5.0 Tube Marking Detail 4 11 1 0 0 0 0 0 16
5.1 Locate tube marking guide 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
5.1.1 Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet 1
5.1.2 Cut guide alone outline 1
5.2 Wrap guide 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.2.1 Wrap guide around body tube 1
5.2.2 Tape guide to body tube 1
5.3 Mark tube 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.3.1 Mark tube for fins 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.3.1.1 Mark tube for fin #1 1
5.3.1.2 Mark tube for fin #2 1
5.3.1.3 Mark tube for fin #3 1
5.3.2 Write LL on body tube 1
5.3.3 Remove guide 1
5.4 Draw fin markings 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.1 Fin #1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.1.1 Draw straight line 1
5.4.1.2 Extend line 76mm 1
5.4.2 Fin #2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.2.1 Draw straight line 1
5.4.2.2 Extend line 76mm 1
5.4.3 Fin #3 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.3.1 Draw straight line 1
5.4.3.2 Extend line 76mm 1
5.4.4 Draw launch lug line 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
5.4.4.1 Draw line 102 mm 1
6.0 Fin Attachment 13 0 0 6 0 0 0 4 23
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3
6.1.1 Apply to fin #1 1
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry 1
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2 1
6.1.4 Allow fin #2 to dry 1
6.1.5 Apply to fin #3 1
6.1.6 Allow fin #3 to dry 1
6.2 Apply second layer glue 6 0 0 3 0 0 0 0
6.2.1 Apply more glue to Fin #1 1
6.2.2 Set fin #1 1
6.2.3 Press fin #1 1
6.2.4 Apply more glue to Fin #2 1
6.2.5 Set fin #2 1
6.2.6 Press fin #2 1
6.2.7 Apply more glue to Fin #3 1
6.2.8 Set fin #3 1
6.2.9 Press fin #3 1
6.3 Adjust fins 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1 1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1 1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2 1
6.3.4 Attach fin #2 1
6.3.5 Adjust fin #3 1
6.3.6 Attach fin #3 1
6.4 Set aside to dry 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
6.4.1 Stand rocket on drying table 1
6.4.2 Allow fins to dry 1
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment 1 3 0 1 0 0 0 1 6
7.1 Measure lug attachement 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
7.1.1 Measure 41mm 1
7.1.2 Mark attachment point 1
7.2 Glue lug attachment 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
7.2.1 Apply glue to launch lug 1
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube 1
7.3 Dry lug attachment 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
7.3.1 Ensure launch lug alignment 1
7.3.2 Allow to dry 1
8.0 Glue Reinforcement 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 1 8
8.1 Reinforce fins 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0
8.1.1 Reinforce fin fin #1 1
8.1.2 Reinforce fin fin #2 1
8.1.3 Reinforce fin fin #3 1
8.2 Reinforce launch lug 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
8.2.1 Reinforch side 1 1
8.2.2 Reinforce side 2 1
8.3 Glue drying 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
8.3.1 Stand rocket on drying table 1
8.3.2 Wipe away excess glue 1
8.3.3 Allow to dry 1
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment 4 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 8
9.1 Measure body tube 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
9.1.1 Measure 25mm 1
9.2 Apply glue 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
9.2.1 Apply glue to shock cord 1
9.2.2 Insert cord into tube 1
9.3 Set mount 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
9.3.1 Set mount 25mm 1
9.3.2 Press mount into glue 1 1
9.4 Set glue 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
9.4.1 Hold mount attachment 1
9.4.2 Allow to dry 1
10.0 Parachute Assembly 15 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 23
10.1 Cut out parachute 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
10.1.1 Cut parachute along line 1
10.2 Tape removal 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
10.2.1 Remove tape 1
10.2.2 Fold shroud lines 1
10.2.3 Cut shroud lines 1
10.3 Tape attachment 12 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
10.3.1 Attach tape rings 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10.3.1.1 Attach tape ring #1 1
10.3.1.2 Attach tape ring #2 1
10.3.1.3 Attach tape ring #3 1
10.3.1.4 Attach tape ring #4 1
10.3.1.5 Attach tape ring #5 1
10.3.1.6 Attach tape ring #6 1
10.3.2 Press tape tape rings into place 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10.3.2.1 Press tape tape rings into place #1 1
10.3.2.2 Press tape tape rings into place #2 1
10.3.2.3 Press tape tape rings into place #3 1
10.3.2.4 Press tape tape rings into place #4 1
10.3.2.5 Press tape tape rings into place #5 1
10.3.2.6 Press tape tape rings into place #6 1
10.3.3 Punch tape ring holes 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
10.3.3.1 Punch tape ring holes #1 1
10.3.3.2 Punch tape ring holes #2 1
10.3.3.3 Punch tape ring holes #3 1
10.3.3.4 Punch tape ring holes #4 1
10.3.3.5 Punch tape ring holes #5 1
10.3.3.6 Punch tape ring holes #6 1
10.4 Shroud line assembly 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10.4.1 Pass shroud line through hole 1
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4
11.1 Shroud line threading 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.1.1 Thread shroud lines 1
11.2 Parachute pass throough 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.2.1 Pass parachute through loop 1
11.3 Line tightening 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.3.1 Pull lines tight 1
11.4 Shock cord tie down 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.4.1 Tie down shock cord free end 1
12.0 Finishing Rocket 45 1 14 1 4 0 2 9 76
12.1 Verify dryness 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
12.1.1 Check to ensure glue joint are dry 1
12.2 Prime rocket 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0
12.2.1 Apply primer coat #1 1
12.2.2 Sand rocket body #1 1
12.2.3 Apply primer coat #2 1
12.2.4 Sand rocket body #2 1
12.3 Paint rocket 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
12.3.1 Insert paint handle 1
12.3.2 Apply paint to rocket 1
12.3.3 Allow to dry 1
12.4 Apply Water Decals 39 0 13 0 1 0 0 8
12.4.1 Cut decals 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0
12.4.1.1 Decal #1 1
12.4.1.2 Decal #2 1
12.4.1.3 Decal #3 1
12.4.1.4 Decal #4 1
12.4.1.5 Decal #5 1
12.4.1.6 Decal #6 1
12.4.1.7 Decal #7 1
12.4.1.8 Decal #8 1
12.4.1.9 Decal #9 1
12.4.1.10 Decal #10 1
12.4.1.11 Decal #11 1
12.4.1.12 Decal #12 1
12.4.1.13 Decal #13 1
12.4.2 Dip in water 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12.4.2.1 Decal #1 1
12.4.2.2 Decal #2 1
12.4.2.3 Decal #3 1
12.4.2.4 Decal #4 1
12.4.2.5 Decal #5 1
12.4.2.6 Decal #6 1
12.4.2.7 Decal #7 1
12.4.2.8 Decal #8 1
12.4.2.9 Decal #9 1
12.4.2.10 Decal #10 1
12.4.2.11 Decal #11 1
12.4.2.12 Decal #12 1
12.4.2.13 Decal #13 1
12.4.3 Slip decals 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12.4.3.1 Decal #1 1
12.4.3.2 Decal #2 1
12.4.3.3 Decal #3 1
12.4.3.4 Decal #4 1
12.4.3.5 Decal #5 1
12.4.3.6 Decal #6 1
12.4.3.7 Decal #7 1
12.4.3.8 Decal #8 1
12.4.3.9 Decal #9 1
12.4.3.10 Decal #10 1
12.4.3.11 Decal #11 1
12.4.3.12 Decal #12 1
12.4.3.13 Decal #13 1
12.4.4 Blot decals 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12.4.4.1 Decal #1 1
12.4.4.2 Decal #2 1
12.4.4.3 Decal #3 1
12.4.4.4 Decal #4 1
12.4.4.5 Decal #5 1
12.4.4.6 Decal #6 1
12.4.4.7 Decal #7 1
12.4.4.8 Decal #8 1
12.4.4.9 Decal #9 1
12.4.4.10 Decal #10 1
12.4.4.11 Decal #11 1
12.4.4.12 Decal #12 1
12.4.4.13 Decal #13 1
12.4.5 Dry decals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
12.5.1 Allow to dry overnight 8
12.4.6 Apply clear spray to decals 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
12.4.1 Apply spray to rocket 1
12.5 Apply large decals 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
12.5.1 Peel backing 1
12.5.2 Cut away backing 1
12.5.3 Align decal 1
12.5.4 Peel off backing 1
12.5.5 Smooth decal 1
RESOURCE TOTALS
228
TOTAL DURATION ESTIMATE
RESOURCE RATES
RESOURCE COSTS
$1,008.00
$945.00
$392.00
$176.00
$46.00
$15.00
$143.00
$0.00
$2,725.00
TOTAL RESOURCE COST
M&E List
WBS #
WBS Task
Ball Point Pen
Scissors
Tube Marking Guide
Knife
Ruler
Sandpaper
Masking Tape
Enamel Spray Paint
Sanding Primer
Pencil
Shroud Lines
Engine Hook
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
3.0 Fin Preparation
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
6.0 Fin Attachment
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment
8.0 Glue Reinforcement
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment
10.0 Parachute Assembly
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
12.0 Finishing Rocket
M&E Forecast
WBS # TASKS
Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
Day 4
Day 5
Day 6
Day 7
Day 8
Day 9
Day 10
Day 11
Day 12
Day 13
Day 14
Day 15
Day 16
Day 17
Day 18
Day 19
1.1 Locate engine mount parts
1.1.1 Locate light blue engine mount tube
1.1.2 Locate engine hook
1.1.3 Locate green adapter ring 1.2 Laying mount to ruler Ruler
1.2.2 Align with zero mark 1.3 Marking mount Pencil
1.3.2 Mark tube Tube Marking Guide
1.3.2.2 Mark 64 mm 1.4 Cutting mount Knife
1.5 Inserting hook
1.5.1 Insert hook
1.5.2 Extend hook
1.6 Testing adapter ring
1.6.1 Slide ring into front of engine tube
1.6.2 Slide ring over engine hook to 25mm mark
1.7 Glue & Dry 1.7.1 Apply glue Glue
1.7.1.2 Apply glue to other side
1.7.2 Dry glue
1.7.2.1 Set assembly aside
1.7.2.2 Allow to dry
2.0 Shock Cord Mount Assembly
2.1 Locate cord mount parts
2.1.1 Locate cord mount on pattern sheet 2.2 Cut cord mount Scissors
2.3 Crease assembly
2.3.1 Fold on dotted lines
2.3.2 Crease on dotted lines 2.4 Glue mount assembly Glue
2.4.2 Lay end of shock cord in glue
2.5 Fold mount assembly
2.5.1 Fold section 1 2.5.2 Apply glue section 3 Glue
2.6 Clamp mount assembly
2.6.1 Clamp assembly
2.6.2 Allow to dry
3.0 Fin Preparation
3.1 Select fin pattern
3.1.1 Select fin pattern 3.1.2 Cut fin pattern from sheet Scissors
3.2 Trace fin patterns Pencil
3.2.2 Match fin #1
3.2.3 Trace fin #2
3.2.4 Match fin #2
3.2.5 Trace fin #2
3.2.6 Match fin #2 3.3 Cut fin patterns Scissors
3.3.2 Chect fin #1
3.3.3 Cut fin #2
3.3.4 Chect fin #2
3.3.5 Cut fin #3
3.3.6 Chect fin #3
3.4 Save scrap
3.4.1 Set aside piece scrap basa wood 3.5 Course sand fins Sandpaper
3.5.2 Stack fins
3.5.3 Sand fins 3.6 Fine sand fins Sandpaper Sandpaper
3.6.1.1 Round leading edge fin #1
3.6.1.2 Round trailing edge fin #1
3.6.1.3 Streamline training edge fin #1
3.6.2 Fine sand fin #2
3.6.2.1 Round leading edge fin #2
3.6.2.2 Round trailing edge fin #2
3.6.2.3 Streamline training edge fin #2
3.6.3 Fine sand fin #3
3.6.3.1 Round leading edge fin #3
3.6.3.2 Round trailing edge fin #3
3.6.3.3 Streamline training edge fin #3
4.0 Engine Mount Installation
4.1 Locate body tube
4.1.1 Locate body tube 4.2 Measure body tube Ruler
4.3 Spread glue Glue
4.4 Insert engine mount
4.4.1 Insert engine mount assembly into body tube
5.0 Tube Marking Detail
5.1 Locate tube marking guide
5.1.1 Locate tube marking guide on pattern sheet 5.1.2 Cut guide alone outline Scissors
5.2 Wrap guide Masking Tape
5.2.2 Tape guide to body tube 5.3 Mark tube Pencil
5.3.1.1 Mark tube for fin #1
5.3.1.2 Mark tube for fin #2
5.3.1.3 Mark tube for fin #3 5.3.2 Write LL on body tube Ball Point Pen
5.4 Draw fin markings Pencil
5.4.1 Fin #1 Ruler
5.4.1.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.2 Fin #2
5.4.2.1 Draw straight line
5.4.2.2 Extend line 76mm
5.4.3 Fin #3
5.4.3.1 Draw straight line
5.4.3.2 Extend line 76mm 5.4.4 Draw launch lug line Pencil
5.4.4.1 Draw line 102 mm Ruler
6.1 Apply glue to root edges of fins Glue
6.1.2 Allow fin #1 to dry
6.1.3 Apply to fin #2
6.1.4 Allow fin #2 to dry
6.1.5 Apply to fin #3
6.1.6 Allow fin #3 to dry 6.2 Apply second layer glue Glue
6.2.2 Set fin #1
6.2.3 Press fin #1
6.2.4 Apply more glue to Fin #2
6.2.5 Set fin #2
6.2.6 Press fin #2
6.2.7 Apply more glue to Fin #3
6.2.8 Set fin #3
6.2.9 Press fin #3
6.3 Adjust fins
6.3.1 Adjust fin #1
6.3.2 Attach fin #1
6.3.3 Adjust fin #2
6.3.4 Attach fin #2
6.3.5 Adjust fin #3
6.3.6 Attach fin #3
6.4 Set aside to dry
6.4.1 Stand rocket on drying table
6.4.2 Allow fins to dry
7.0 Launch Lug Attachment 7.1 Measure lug attachement Ruler
7.1.2 Mark attachment point Pencil
7.2 Glue lug attachment Glue
7.2.2 Attach launch lug to body tube
7.3 Dry lug attachment
7.3.1 Ensure launch lug alignment
7.3.2 Allow to dry 8.0 Glue Reinforcement Glue
8.1.1 Reinforce fin fin #1
8.1.2 Reinforce fin fin #2
8.1.3 Reinforce fin fin #3
8.2 Reinforce launch lug
8.2.1 Reinforch side 1
8.2.2 Reinforce side 2
8.3 Glue drying
8.3.1 Stand rocket on drying table
8.3.2 Wipe away excess glue
8.3.3 Allow to dry
9.0 Shock Cord Mount Attachment 9.1 Measure body tube Ruler
9.2 Apply glue Glue
9.2.2 Insert cord into tube
9.3 Set mount
9.3.1 Set mount 25mm
9.3.2 Press mount into glue 9.4 Set glue Glue
9.4.2 Allow to dry
10.0 Parachute Assembly 10.1 Cut out parachute
Sissors
10.2 Tape removal
10.2.1 Remove tape
10.2.2 Fold shroud lines 10.2.3 Cut shroud lines Knife
10.3 Tape attachment Masking Tape
10.3.1.1 Attach tape ring #1
10.3.1.2 Attach tape ring #2
10.3.1.3 Attach tape ring #3
10.3.1.4 Attach tape ring #4
10.3.1.5 Attach tape ring #5
10.3.1.6 Attach tape ring #6
10.3.2 Press tape tape rings into place
10.3.2.1 Press tape tape rings into place #1
10.3.2.2 Press tape tape rings into place #2
10.3.2.3 Press tape tape rings into place #3
10.3.2.4 Press tape tape rings into place #4
10.3.2.5 Press tape tape rings into place #5
10.3.2.6 Press tape tape rings into place #6
10.3.3 Punch tape ring holes
10.3.3.1 Punch tape ring holes #1
10.3.3.2 Punch tape ring holes #2
10.3.3.3 Punch tape ring holes #3
10.3.3.4 Punch tape ring holes #4
10.3.3.5 Punch tape ring holes #5
10.3.3.6 Punch tape ring holes #6 10.4 Shroud line assembly Shroud Lines
10.4.2 Tie lines together
11.0 Parachute & Shock Cord Attachment to Nose Cone
11.1 Shroud line threading
11.1.1 Thread shroud lines
11.2 Parachute pass throough
11.2.1 Pass parachute through loop
11.3 Line tightening
11.3.1 Pull lines tight
11.4 Shock cord tie down
11.4.1 Tie down shock cord free end
12.0 Finishing Rocket
12.1 Verify dryness
12.1.1 Check to ensure glue joint are dry 12.2 Prime rocket Sanding Primer
12.2.2 Sand rocket body #1
12.2.3 Apply primer coat #2
12.2.4 Sand rocket body #2 12.3 Paint rocket Enamel Spray Paint
12.3.2 Apply paint to rocket
12.3.3 Allow to dry
12.4 Apply Water Decals 12.4.1 Cut decals Sissors
12.4.1.2 Decal #2
12.4.1.3 Decal #3
12.4.1.4 Decal #4
12.4.1.5 Decal #5
12.4.1.6 Decal #6
12.4.1.7 Decal #7
12.4.1.8 Decal #8
12.4.1.9 Decal #9
12.4.1.10 Decal #10
12.4.1.11 Decal #11
12.4.1.12 Decal #12
12.4.1.13 Decal #13
12.4.2 Dip in water
12.4.2.1 Decal #1
12.4.2.2 Decal #2
12.4.2.3 Decal #3
12.4.2.4 Decal #4
12.4.2.5 Decal #5
12.4.2.6 Decal #6
12.4.2.7 Decal #7
12.4.2.8 Decal #8
12.4.2.9 Decal #9
12.4.2.10 Decal #10
12.4.2.11 Decal #11
12.4.2.12 Decal #12
12.4.2.13 Decal #13
12.4.3 Slip decals
12.4.3.1 Decal #1
12.4.3.2 Decal #2
12.4.3.3 Decal #3
12.4.3.4 Decal #4
12.4.3.5 Decal #5
12.4.3.6 Decal #6
12.4.3.7 Decal #7
12.4.3.8 Decal #8
12.4.3.9 Decal #9
12.4.3.10 Decal #10
12.4.3.11 Decal #11
12.4.3.12 Decal #12
12.4.3.13 Decal #13
12.4.4 Blot decals
12.4.4.1 Decal #1
12.4.4.2 Decal #2
12.4.4.3 Decal #3
12.4.4.4 Decal #4
12.4.4.5 Decal #5
12.4.4.6 Decal #6
12.4.4.7 Decal #7
12.4.4.8 Decal #8
12.4.4.9 Decal #9
12.4.4.10 Decal #10
12.4.4.11 Decal #11
12.4.4.12 Decal #12
12.4.4.13 Decal #13
12.4.5 Dry decals
12.5.1 Allow to dry overnight 12.4.6 Apply clear spray to decals Enamel Spray Paint
12.5 Apply large decals
12.5.1 Peel backing 12.5.2 Cut away backing Sissors
12.5.3 Align decal Knife
12.5.5 Smooth decal
methodology for cause and effect.
methodology involving the 80/20 Rule.
stated requirements.
Assignment 1 Dropbox. Make sure that you have saved a copy of each of the tools to
submit for this assignment.
Points
Points
Earned
category box using analysis techniques.
causes called defects.
system using 80/20 rule.
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation).
Paper shows original thought. 3
3
evaluation and synthesis of information. 3
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of
APA when assigned. 3
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to
clarify the meaning by following accepted conventions.
rubric criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the
worksheet. If there are sections missing from the template for the assigned documents but
required in the rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to
the designated team members’ Dropbox.
Upload this charter to the designated team members’ Dropbox.
stated requirements.
all assignment documents to the Unit 1 Assignment 2 Dropbox. Make sure that you have
saved a copy of each of the tools to submit for this assignment.
Dropbox.
be obtained?
processed as defined in the Integrated Change Control process (PMBOK section 4.5)?
etc.)?
resolved at lower levels?
develops?
etc.)?
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation). Paper
shows original thought.
4
evaluation and synthesis of information. 4
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of
APA when assigned. 3
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to clarify
the meaning by following accepted conventions.
Minus points lost on Peer Evaluation (15= 0, 14= -1, 13= -2, etc.) 0
1.1. Project
1.1.1.1. Subtask
1.1.2. Task
1.1.2.1.1. Work Package
1.1.2.2.1. Work Package
the stated requirements.
Points
Points
Earned
and totaled incrementally as well as cumulatively?
Response exhibits strong higher-order critical thinking and analysis (e.g., evaluation).
Paper shows original thought. 3
3
evaluation and synthesis of information. 3
Grammatical skills are strong with typically less than one error per page. Correct use of
APA when assigned. 3
unsupported comments), precise (say what you mean), and concise (not wordy).
between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar, punctuation, and spelling help to
clarify the meaning by following accepted conventions.
initiation phase. These exercises mimic actual situations one could expect to occur between the
project manager and their sponsor or key stakeholders. Its assessments are directed toward
measuring mastery in synthesis of information, proper classifications, critical thinking, and attention to
your assigned rocket project.
deliverable milestones for your assigned rocket.
criteria. Using this worksheet and your assigned project, answer the sections on the worksheet. If
rubric, be sure to address them. Upload all documents as separate files to the designated team
members’
Assignment 1 Dropbox. Make sure that you have saved a copy of each of the tools to submit for
tasks?
b) Each task level activity depicted with incremental bar(s)
evaluation). Paper shows original thought.
inferences. 3
assessment based on evaluation and synthesis of information. 3
Correct use of APA when assigned.
concise (not wordy).
double space between. Project is free of serious errors; grammar,
accepted conventions.
The Basics
Jeff Tyler, PMP
July 2008
Welcome to Kaplan’s Introduction to MS Project. This tutorial is designed to provide you with a basic understanding on using Microsoft Project with your Kaplan assignments. Most of the instructions cover all versions of MS Project from 2000-2007. IF you run into something that doesn’t seem top work please contact your instructor for the subtle difference of your version of MS Project.
Build a Plan
Track and Manage a Project
Close a Project
*
Time: The time to complete the project reflected in your project schedule.
Cost: The project budget, based on the cost of the resources: the people, equipment, and materials required to do the tasks.
Quality: Meeting the stated requirements; no more, no less.
Scope: The goals and tasks of the project and the work required to complete them.
If only you could foresee your project’s future….
In a way you can, if you understand three factors that shape every project:
Time: The time to complete the project reflected in your project schedule.
Money: The project budget, based on the cost of the resources: the people, equipment, and materials required to do the tasks.
Scope: The goals and tasks of the project and the work required to complete them.
This trio of time, money, and scope is the project triangle. Adjusting one of these elements affects the other two. While all three elements are important, typically one will have the most influence on your project.The relationship between these elements differs in every project and determines the kinds of problems you’ll encounter and the solutions you can implement. Knowing where you’re constrained or flexible makes it easier to plan and manage your project.
Like a spreadsheet, Microsoft Project displays results of its calculations immediately.
But the project plan isn’t done until you enter critical information about all tasks.
Only then do you see when your project will end or the dates when tasks are scheduled.
Microsoft Project keeps the information you enter and the information it calculates in fields, which contain specific types of information, such as task names or durations.
In Microsoft Project, each field usually appears in a column.
As project manager, you have a lot to do. How does Microsoft Project help? First, it stores the details about your project in its database. And it uses that information to calculate and maintain the project’s schedule, costs, and other elements, creating a project plan. The more information you provide, the more accurate the plan.
Like a spreadsheet, Microsoft Project displays results of its calculations immediately. But the project plan isn’t done until you enter critical information about all tasks. Only then do you see when your project will end or the dates when tasks are scheduled.
Microsoft Project keeps the information you enter and the information it calculates in fields, which contain specific types of information, such as task names or durations. In Microsoft Project, each field usually appears in a column.
Views present a subset of project information in a format that’s easy to interpret. For example, the Gantt Chart displays basic task information in columns and a bar graph.
Tables define the columns displayed.
Filters focus on specific tasks or resources.
Today, you’re focused on deadlines. Tomorrow, costs. The project database contains a lot of information, but at any given time, you only need a portion of it. To get to information, use these tools:
Views present a subset of project information in a format that’s easy to interpret. For example, the Gantt Chart displays basic task information in columns and a bar graph.
Tables define the columns displayed.
Filters focus on specific tasks or resources.
Like TV channels, each view presents a different kind of information. Tables and filters fine-tune the information. Just as switching channels doesn’t delete them, changing views, tables, or filters may hide information, but it doesn’t delete it. It’s still in the database and is still updated.
Microsoft Project schedules each task using the formula duration=work/resource effort, where:
Duration is the actual amount of time that passes before the task is done.
Work is the effort required over a period of time to do the task.
Resource effort is the amount of effort resources are assigned to the task and their allocation.
How does Microsoft Project schedule a task’s start and finish? It takes into account many factors, including task dependencies, constraints, and interruptions, such as holidays or vacation days. Most importantly, Microsoft Project schedules each task using the formula duration=work/resource effort, where:
Work is the effort required over a period of time to do the task.
Resource effort is the amount of effort resources are assigned to the task and their allocation.
For example, if:
Three painters work two days on a task, with an effort of 8 hours per day, the work for each resource is 16 hours: (2 days * 8 hours).
The total effort of the resources is 24 hours per day: (3 painters * 8 hours).
The total work for the task is 48 hours: (2 days * 8 hours * 3 painters).
The duration is 2 days: 48 hours / (3 painters * 8 hours).
Understanding this formula is important to understanding how changes you make to tasks affect the project schedule.
Three painters work two days on a task, with an effort of 8 hours per day, the work for each resource is 16 hours: (2 days * 8 hours).
The total effort of the resources is 24 hours per day: (3 painters * 8 hours).
The total work for the task is 48 hours: (2 days * 8 hours * 3 painters).
The duration is 2 days: 48 hours / (3 painters * 8 hours).
Understanding this formula is important to understanding how changes you make to tasks affect the project schedule.
For example, if:
Three painters work two days on a task, with an effort of 8 hours per day, the work for each resource is 16 hours: (2 days * 8 hours).
The total effort of the resources is 24 hours per day: (3 painters * 8 hours).
The total work for the task is 48 hours: (2 days * 8 hours * 3 painters).
The duration is 2 days: 48 hours / (3 painters * 8 hours).
Understanding this formula is important to understanding how changes you make to tasks affect the project schedule.
Review critical paths for potential problems. A critical path is a series of linked tasks that must be done on time for the project to finish on time. If any task on a critical path is delayed, it can end up delaying the project’s finish date.
Evaluate and optimize the plan until you’re satisfied. Before you start your project and periodically during the project, you’ll need to evaluate and adjust the project plan. Consider scope, resources, and schedule.
Update Microsoft Project about the progress of tasks. In return, it’ll show you an updated project plan. You can update the plan yourself, or your team can, with Microsoft Project Central or electronic mail. After the plan is updated, review it to see the effect of changes. Is the project over budget? Is a team member now scheduled to work overtime? Is your project going to end late?
Close the project. Evaluate the lessons learned and best practices.
After you’ve created the task list and provided schedule information, your plan is built. You can see a full model of your project, including its finish date and the start and finish dates for every task. What’s next?
Review critical paths for potential problems. A critical path is a series of linked tasks that must be done on time for the project to finish on time. If any task on a critical path is delayed, it can end up delaying the project’s finish date.
Evaluate and optimize the plan until you’re satisfied. Before you start your project and periodically during the project, you’ll need to evaluate and adjust the project plan. Consider scope, resources, and schedule.
Update Microsoft Project about the progress of tasks. In return, it’ll show you an updated project plan. You can update the plan yourself, or your team can, with Microsoft Project Central or electronic mail. After the plan is updated, review it to see the effect of changes. Is the project over budget? Is a team member now scheduled to work overtime? Is your project going to end late?
Close the project. Evaluate the lessons learned and best practices.
When you have defined project goals and thought out the major phases of your project, it’s time to begin creating your plan.
First, enter and organize the list of tasks to be completed, along with each task’s duration.
Next, add people, equipment, and materials and their costs to your plan.
Then assign these resources to tasks. With this information,
Microsoft Project creates a schedule. You can verify the schedule and adjust it as necessary.
Click New.
The New button may be temporarily hidden. It may not appear because there is not enough room to display all the buttons. Click More Buttons , and then click New.
In the Project Information dialog box, type or select a start date or a finish date for your project, and then click OK.
Click Save.
In the File name box, type a name for your project, and then click Save.
When you start a new project in Microsoft Project, you can enter your project’s start or finish date, but not both. It’s recommended that you enter only your project’s start date and let Microsoft Project calculate the finish date after you have entered and scheduled tasks.
If your project must be finished by a certain date, enter only the project’s finish date. Even if you initially schedule from the project finish date, it’s best to schedule from the project start date after work begins on the project.
Tip You can change your project information at any time by clicking Project Information on the Project menu.
On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Summary tab.
Enter any information you’d like about your project, such as the people who will manage it and maintain the project file, the project goal, any known limitations that may make it difficult to reach that goal, and other general project notes.
Click OK.
Each project has a unique set of ingredients: the tasks involved, the people who do them, and the project goal. To help remember and communicate important details, enter information about the project and refer to it when necessary.
Tip To look for a menu command that doesn’t appear, click the arrows at the bottom of the menu. The menu expands to show more commands. You can also expand a menu by double-clicking it.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the Tools menu, click Change Working Time.
Select a date on the calendar.
To change one day of the week for the entire calendar, for example, to have Fridays end at 4:00 P.M., click the abbreviation for that day at the top of the calendar.
To change all working days, for example, to begin working days Tuesday through Friday at 9:00 A.M., click the abbreviation (such as T for Tuesday) for the first working day of the week. Hold down SHIFT, and then click the abbreviation for the last working day of the week (such as F for Friday).
Click Nonworking time for days off, or Nondefault working time to change the hours worked.
If you clicked Nondefault working time in step 3, type the times you want work to start in the From boxes, and the times you want work to end in the To boxes.
Click OK.
You can change the project calendar to reflect the working days and hours for everyone on your project. The calendar defaults are Monday through Friday, 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., with an hour off for lunch.
You can specify nonworking times, such as weekends and evenings, as well as special days off, such as holidays.
First, list the steps needed to accomplish your project’s goals. Start with the large chunks of work and then break down each chunk into tasks with single deliverables. Add milestones. Finally, gather and enter duration estimates.
After you enter task information, create an outline to help you see the project’s structure.
When you’ve completed this lesson, you will have a task list organized into summary and detailed tasks.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, type a task name, and then press TAB. Microsoft Project enters an estimated duration of one day for the task followed by a question mark.
In the Duration field, type the amount of time each task will take in months, weeks, days, hours, or minutes, not counting nonworking time. You can use the following abbreviations:
months = mo
weeks = w
days = d
hours = h
minutes = m
Note To show an estimated duration, type a question mark after the duration.
Press ENTER.
A typical project is a series of related tasks. A task represents an amount of work with a clear deliverable; it should be short enough to track its progress regularly. Tasks should generally be between one day and two weeks long.
Enter tasks in the order they will occur. Then estimate how long it will take to complete each task, and enter your estimate as the duration. Microsoft Project uses durations to calculate the amount of work to be done on the task.
Note Don’t enter dates in the Start and Finish fields for each task. Microsoft Project calculates the start and finish dates based on how the tasks are related, information you’ll enter in the next lesson.
Tip You can also add a note about a task. In the Task Name field, select the task, and then click Task Notes . Type your information in the Notes box, and then click OK.
Note The toolbar button you want may be temporarily hidden. It may not appear because there is not enough room to display all the buttons. Click More Buttons , and then click Task Notes .
A milestone is a task you use to identify significant events in your schedule, such as the completion of a major phase. When you enter a duration of zero days for a task, Microsoft Project displays the milestone symbol on the Gantt Chart at the start of that day.
In the Duration field, click the duration of the task you want to make a milestone, and then type 0d.
Press ENTER.
Note Although a task with a duration of 0 is automatically marked as a milestone, you can make any task a milestone. To mark a task as a milestone, click the task in the Task Name field. Click Task Information , click the Advanced tab, and then select the Mark task as milestone check box.
Tip To see all milestones, click Milestones in the Filter list. To see the entire project again, click All Tasks in the Filter list.
Recurring tasks are tasks that repeat regularly, such as weekly meetings. A recurring task can take place daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly. You can specify the duration of each occurrence, when it will occur, and for how long or how many times it should occur.
In the Task Name field, click the row below where you want the recurring task to appear.
On the Insert menu, click Recurring Task.
In the Task Name box, type the task name.
In the Duration box, type or select the duration of a single occurrence of the task.
Under Recurrence pattern, click Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly.
To the right of Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly, specify the task frequency.
Under Range of recurrence, type a start date in the Start box and then select End after or End by.
If you selected End after, type the number of occurrences for the task.
If you selected End by, type the date you want the recurring task to end.
Click OK.
Recurring tasks are tasks that repeat regularly, such as weekly meetings. A recurring task can take place daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly. You can specify the duration of each occurrence, when it will occur, and for how long or how many times it should occur.
Tip To view all instances of a recurring task, click the plus sign next to the main recurring task.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click the first task you want to make into a subtask.
On the Insert menu, click New Task.
In the inserted row, type the name of the new summary task in the Task Name field.
In the Task Name field, select the tasks you want to make into subtasks.
Click Indent to indent these tasks.
Outlining helps organize your tasks into more manageable chunks. You can indent related tasks under a more general task, creating a hierarchy. The general tasks are called summary tasks; the indented tasks below the summary task are subtasks. A summary task’s start and finish dates are determined by the start and finish dates of its earliest and latest subtasks.
To organize your outline, use outline buttons:
Indent
Outdent
Show Subtasks Hide Subtasks Show All Subtasks
Tip You can indent or outdent a task quickly with the mouse. Select the task, and then position the pointer over the first letter of the task name. When the pointer changes to a two-way arrow, drag right to indent the task or drag left to outdent the task.
In the ID field (the leftmost field), select the task you want to copy, move, or delete.
To select a row, click the task ID number.
To select a group of adjacent rows, hold down SHIFT, and then click the first and last ID numbers of the group.
To select several nonadjacent rows, hold down CTRL, and then click the task ID numbers.
Copy, move, or delete the task.
To copy the task, click Copy.
To move the task, click Cut.
To delete the task, press DELETE.
To move the selection you cut or repeat the selection you copied, select the rows where you want to paste it.
Be sure to select entire rows.
Click Paste .
If there is information in the destination row, the new rows will be inserted above the destination row.
As you create a task list, you will probably want to break large tasks into smaller tasks and rearrange tasks. You may want to copy, delete, or move tasks in your project.
You can also easily rearrange project phases in an outlined schedule. When you move or delete a summary task, the subtasks associated are moved or deleted as well.
Note The toolbar button you want may be temporarily hidden. It may not appear because there is not enough room to display all the buttons. Click More Buttons , and then click the button you want.
Tip To add a new task between existing tasks, click a task ID number and then press the INSERT key. Tasks renumber automatically after you insert a new task.
After you create and outline your task list, it’s time to address how the tasks relate to each other and to specific dates.
There are many types of task relationships, such as links that show one task starting as another finishes.
These links are called task dependencies.
Microsoft Project automatically determines the start and finish dates for tasks that have dependencies to other tasks.
The advantage of dependencies or “linked” tasks is that whenever a task changes, linked tasks are automatically rescheduled.
You can refine task schedules using constraints, overlap or delay tasks, and split tasks when work stops temporarily.
To establish relationships between tasks, use task dependencies.
First, select the related tasks, link them, and then change the dependency type, if necessary.
The task whose start or finish depends on another task is the successor.
The task that the successor is dependent on is the predecessor.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, select two or more tasks to link in the order you want them linked. To select adjacent tasks, hold down SHIFT, and then click the first and last task you want to link.
To select nonadjacent tasks, hold down CTRL, and then click the tasks you want to link, in order.
Click Link Tasks.
To change the task link, double-click the link line between the tasks you want to change.
To establish relationships between tasks, use task dependencies. First, select the related tasks, link them, and then change the dependency type, if necessary. The task whose start or finish depends on another task is the successor. The task that the successor is dependent on is the predecessor. For example, if you link “Hang clock” to “Paint wall,” then “Hang clock” is the successor and “Paint wall” is the predecessor.
After the tasks are linked, changes to the predecessor’s dates affect the successor’s dates. Microsoft Project creates a finish-to-start task dependency by default. Because a finish-to-start dependency does not work in every situation, you can change the task link to start-to-start, finish-to-finish, or start-to-finish to model your project realistically.
Note To unlink tasks, select the tasks you want to unlink in the Task Name field, and then click Unlink Tasks . The tasks are rescheduled based on existing links to other tasks, or constraints.
In the Task Name field, click the task you want to add lead or lag time to (it must have predecessors), and then click Task Information.
Click the Predecessors tab.
In the Lag column, type the lead time or lag time you want, as a duration or as a percentage of the predecessor task duration.
Type lead time as a negative number (for example, –2d for two days lead time) or as a percentage.
Type lag time as a positive number or as a percentage.
Click OK.
After you’ve sequenced tasks by linking them, you can overlap or delay them as well. In Microsoft Project, delay tasks by adding lag time to the predecessor task, and overlap tasks by entering lead time. You can also enter lead or lag time as a percentage of the task.
Tip To quickly add lead or lag time to a successor task, double-click the link line on the Gantt Chart, and then type the amount of lead or lag time in the Lag box of the Task Dependency dialog box.
In the Task Name field, click the task you want to set a start or finish date for, and then click Task Information.
Click the Advanced tab.
In the Constraint type box, click a constraint type.
Type or select a date in the Constraint date box, and then click OK.
You can schedule your tasks most effectively by entering task durations, creating dependencies between tasks, and then letting Microsoft Project calculate the start and finish dates for you. However, you can set a specific start or finish date for a task if necessary.
Task constraints that tie tasks to specific dates are called inflexible constraints; the most inflexible constraints are specific start or finish dates. Because Microsoft Project takes constraints into account when calculating your schedule, use these inflexible constraints only when tasks must start or finish on a specific date.
Note If you select a start date for a task in the Start field of the Gantt Chart, or if you drag a Gantt bar to change the start date, Microsoft Project sets a Start No Earlier Than (SNET) constraint based on the new start date. If you select a finish date for a task, Microsoft Project automatically assigns a Finish No Earlier Than (FNET) constraint.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, click the task that you want to set a deadline for.
Click Task Information and then click the Advanced tab.
Under Constrain task, type or select the deadline date in the Deadline box, and then click OK.
When you set a deadline for a task, Microsoft Project displays an indicator if the task is scheduled to finish after the deadline.
Setting a deadline doesn’t affect how tasks are scheduled. It’s just a way to have Microsoft Project inform you that a task will finish past its deadline. You then have the option of adjusting the schedule to meet that deadline.
Tip You can drag the deadline symbol on the Gantt Chart to change the deadline date.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click Split Task.
On the task’s Gantt bar, click the date where you want the split to occur and drag the second part of the bar to the date that you want work to begin again.
You can split a task if work on the task is interrupted and then resumes later in the schedule. This is useful, for example, when you need to temporarily stop work on a task to work on another task. You can split a task as many times as necessary.
Note that splitting a task into parts is not the same as entering a recurring task, a task that occurs at regular intervals, such as a staff meeting.
Tip You can remove the split by dragging a portion of a split task so that it touches another portion.
BE BACK IN 10 MINUTES
Take a break.
You should assign resources to tasks when you want to:
Track the amount of work done by people and equipment assigned to tasks or monitor materials used.
Have more flexibility in scheduling tasks.
Monitor resources with too little or too much work assigned.
Keep track of resource costs.
If you don’t enter resource information, Microsoft Project calculates your schedule using only task duration and dependencies.
On the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Entry.
In the Resource Name field, type a resource name.
To designate resource groups, in the Group field for the resource name, type the name of the group.
In the Type field, specify the resource type:
For a work resource (people or equipment), set the resource type to Work.
For a material resource (consumed throughout the project) set the resource type to Material.
For each work resource (people or equipment), type the number of resource units available for this resource in the Max. Units field, as a percentage. For example, type 300% to indicate three full-time units of a particular resource.
For each material resource (supplies consumed throughout the project), in the Material Label field, type a measurement unit for the material resource, such as ton.
You can use the Resource Sheet in Microsoft Project to create a list of the people, equipment, and material resources that make up your team and carry out the project tasks. Your resource list will consist of work resources or material resources. Work resources are people or equipment; material resources are consumable materials or supplies, such as concrete, wood, or nails.
Notes
Resource groups can be used for sorting, filtering, or grouping tasks by resources belonging to a particular group. You can use groups to indicate the department a human resource belongs to or to specify accounting codes for billing purposes.
You cannot assign resource groups to tasks. If you want to specify consolidated resources, such as “Carpenters” or “Editors” or “Engineers,” enter that as the resource name, and then assign the consolidated resource name to tasks.
Tip As you work in the Gantt Chart or other task views, you can enter additional resource names. To assign additional resources, click Assign Resources , and then type a resource name in the Name field. You can also click Address and select a resource from your e-mail address book.
On the View menu, click Resource Sheet, and then select the resource whose schedule you want to change.
On the Project menu, click Resource Information, and then click the Working Time tab.
On the calendar, select the days you want to change. To change a day of the week for the entire calendar, click the abbreviation for the day at the top of the calendar.
Click Use default, Nonworking time, or Nondefault working time. When you click Use default, the selected days return to the Microsoft Project Standard calendar default, which is Monday through Friday, 8:00 A.M. to 12:00 P.M., and 1:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M.
If you clicked Nondefault working time in step 4, type the times that you want work to start in the From boxes and the times that you want work to end in the To boxes.6Click OK.
The working hours and days off defined in the project calendar are the default working hours and days off for each resource. When an individual resource works a different schedule entirely, or when you need to account for vacations or equipment downtime, you can modify an individual resource calendar.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, click the task to which you want to assign a resource, and then click Assign Resources .
In the Name field, click the resource you want to assign to the task.
To assign a resource part-time, type or select a percentage less than 100 in the Units column to represent the percentage of working time you want the resource to spend on the task.
To assign several different resources, hold down CTRL and click the names of the resources.
To assign more than one of the same resource (such as two carpenters), type or select a percentage greater than 100 in the Units column. If necessary, type the name of a new resource in the Name column.
Click Assign.
A check mark to the left of the Name column indicates that the resource is assigned to the selected task.
Click Close.
When you assign a resource to a task, you create an assignment. You can assign any resource to any task and change assignments at any time.
You can assign more than one resource to a task and specify whether a resource works full-time or part-time on a task. If the work assigned to a resource exceeds the daily full-time allotment indicated in the resource’s working times calendar, Microsoft Project displays the name of the overallocated resource in red in resource views.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, select the tasks for which you want to turn off effort-driven scheduling.
Click Task Information, and then click the Advanced tab.
Clear the Effort driven check box, and then click OK.
Now when you assign an additional resource, the task’s duration will not change.
As you assign more resources to a task, Microsoft Project automatically decreases the duration of the task. For example, a task with a one-day duration and one assigned resource has 8 hours of work. With effort-driven scheduling, if you assign a second resource, the task still has 8 hours of work, but its duration is reduced to half a day.
If you want to change the amount of work on the task instead, you can turn off effort-driven scheduling and assign another resource. The task will then have 16 hours of work and still have a one-day duration.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage. To see different information about resource assignments, such as work and cost, point to Table on the View menu, and then click the table you want to see in the Resource Usage view.
In the Resource Name column, review the resource assignments.
To reassign a task from one person to another, select the entire row, position the pointer over the ID field (the leftmost column), and then drag the task to its new location.
The Resource Usage view shows project resources with their assigned tasks grouped underneath them. Using the Resource Usage view, you can find out how many hours each resource is scheduled to work on specific tasks and see which resources are overallocated. You can also determine how much time each resource has available for additional work assignments.
Notes
You can change the timescale to another scale, such as weeks, if that is more appropriate for your project. On the Format menu, click Timescale, and change the values in the Units boxes under Major scale and Minor scale.
Changing the view or table does not add information to or remove information from your project; it only changes the project information that is displayed.
If a resource name is red and bold, the resource is overallocated.
Whether you need to account for each task’s expenses or the overall cost of the project, entering rates for a resource’s work on tasks or for fixed task costs enables you to see whether you are staying within budget.
You can choose when to accrue costs, enter per-use and overtime rates for resources, and plan for raises.
On the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Entry.
In the Resource Name field, select a resource or type a new resource name.
In the Type field, click Work if the resource is a worker or machine, or Material if the resource is material or supplies (such as cement).
For a work resource, in the Std. Rate, Ovt. Rate, or Cost/Use fields, type the resource rates.
For a material resource, in the Material Label field, type a measurement unit for the material resource (such as ton), and in the Std. Rate or Cost/Use fields, type a rate.
Press ENTER.
Microsoft Project allows you to assign rates to human and material resources so you can manage project costs accurately. You can assign standard rates, overtime rates, or per-use rates to resources.
Tip You can set the default standard and overtime rates for any new resources you enter. On the Tools menu, click Options, and then click the General tab. In the Default standard rate and Default overtime rate boxes, type the new rates. If you want to set this default for all future projects, click Set as Default.
Note If the rate for a resource will change over the course of the project or if the resource will be paid at different rates for different assignments, or if you work with different grades of material, click Resource Sheet on the View menu. In the Resource Name field, select a resource and then click Resource Information . Then, enter the information on the Costs tab.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Cost.
In the Fixed Cost field for the task, type the cost.
Press ENTER.
When you know an exact cost associated with a task, such as equipment costs, you can enter a fixed cost.
Tip In the Cost table, you can also change when the fixed cost is accrued by selecting an accrual method in the Fixed Cost Accrual field.
On the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Entry.
In the Accrue At field, click the accrual method you want to use.
In Microsoft Project, resource costs are prorated by default. Their accrual is distributed over its duration. You can, however, change the accrual method so that resource costs take effect at the start or end of the task instead.
Notes
When you enter time phased rate changes for a resource and use the prorated cost accrual method, your costs will be calculated using the rates for the appropriate time periods and may change during the completion of the task.
You cannot prorate per-use resource costs or accrue them at the end of a task assignment. They always accrue at the start of the assignment.
To see task costs, on the View menu, click More Views, and then click Task Sheet. To see resource costs, on the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Cost.
After you assign rates to resources or fixed costs to tasks, you may want to review the total cost of these assignments to make sure they fall within your expectations. If the total cost of a task or resource does not meet your budget, you may need to examine each individual task’s costs and each resource’s task assignments to see where costs can be reduced.
Tips
You can also view how costs are distributed over a task’s duration in the Task Usage view by displaying its cost details. On the View menu, click Task Usage. On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Cost.
You can view resource costs in more detail by clicking Resource Usage on the View menu, pointing to Details on the Format menu, and then clicking Cost. You can also see resource cost totals displayed graphically by clicking Resource Graph on the View menu, pointing to Details on the Format menu, and then clicking Cost or Cumulative Cost.
On the Project menu, click Project Information.
Click Statistics.
Under Cost in the Current row, view the total planned cost of the project.
You can view your project’s current, baseline, actual, and remaining costs to see whether you’re staying within your overall budget. These costs are updated each time Microsoft Project recalculates your project.
After entering the basic project data, review it. Will you meet your deadlines? If not, examine the tasks leading up to milestones and make sure you have scheduled them efficiently.
First, look at the big picture: the start and finish date and the critical path. Then check the details. Display tasks and resources in views that you can change to suit your needs.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, click Zoom, click Entire project, and then click OK.
You can get an overview of your project’s start and finish dates and see when major phases will occur by zooming in and out on the Gantt Chart.
On the Project menu, click Project Information, and then click Statistics.
The project’s start and finish dates are shown, as well as the project’s total work and cost.
You can review important project information, such as the finish date, to see if the project will meet your expectations as it is currently scheduled.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click GanttChartWizard.
Follow the GanttChartWizard instructions to format critical path tasks.
The critical path is a series of tasks that must be completed on time for a project to finish on schedule. Most tasks in a typical project have some slack and can therefore be delayed a little without affecting the project’s finish date. Those tasks that cannot be delayed without affecting the project finish date are the critical tasks. As you modify tasks to resolve overallocations or other problems in your schedule, be aware of the critical tasks; changes to critical tasks will affect your project finish date.
On the View menu, click the task or resource view you want. If the view you want to see isn’t on the View menu, click
More Views for more choices. Click a view in the Views list, and then click Apply.
You can display project information in task views or resource views. Some task and resource views are in sheet views, containing columns (called fields) of related information. You can change the table in a sheet view to see different fields of information. Other views show tasks or resource allocation graphically (such as the Calendar, Network Diagram, and Resource Graph views), or tasks and resources related to a timescale (such as the Task Usage and Resource Usage views).
If necessary, on the View menu, click the view you want. To use a view that is not on the View menu, click More Views, click the view you want in the Views list, and then click Apply.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click the table you want to apply.
To apply a table that isn’t on the Table submenu, click More Tables, click the task or resource table you want, and then click Apply.
Note that the field headings change as you switch between tables.
As you plan and track your schedule, it’s useful to look at different combinations of information. By changing the table applied to a sheet view, you can change the fields of information displayed in that view.
On the Project menu, point to Filtered for, and then click the filter you want to apply. To apply a filter that isn’t on the Filtered for submenu or to apply a highlighting filter, click More Filters.
Click Apply to apply the filter, or click Highlight to apply a highlighting filter.
If you apply an interactive filter, type the requested values, and then click OK.
To turn off a filter, point to Filtered for on the Project menu, and then click All Tasks or All Resources.
When you want to focus on certain tasks or resources in the current view, you can apply a filter to the view. You can specify that the filter show or highlight only those tasks or resources that meet the filter criteria.
Note You cannot apply task filters to resource views or apply resource filters to task views.
Tip You can set an AutoFilter in many views to quickly find a subset of data in a field. On the Project menu, point to Filtered for, and then click AutoFilter. Click the arrow in the column that contains the information you want to display, and then click a value you want to use to filter the table. To turn off AutoFilters, point to Filtered for on the Project menu, and then click AutoFilter again.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the Project menu, point to Sort, and then click the sorting option you want.
To customize a sort, on the Project menu, point to Sort, and then click Sort by.
In the Sort by box, click the field you want to sort by, and then click Ascending or Descending to specify the sort order.
Specify sorting options.
To sort by an additional field, click the field in the first Then by box, and then click Ascending or Descending to specify the sort order.
To permanently renumber your tasks, select the Permanently renumber tasks check box.
To sort tasks within their outline structure so that subtasks remain with their summary tasks, select the Keep outline structure check box.
To reset the sort order back to the default sort order, click Reset.
You can sort tasks or resources by criteria such as task name, finish date, and resource name. Sorting can be useful when you want to see tasks in sequence. For example, you can see which tasks should start or finish sooner.
Sorting is maintained when you switch views and is saved when you close a project file. However, a custom sort cannot be saved.
Note Clicking Reset only resets the sort options in the Sort dialog box to their default order. If your tasks were permanently reordered by using the Permanently renumber tasks check box, then clicking Reset will not reset the numbered order of the tasks.
To group task information, on the View menu, click More Views, and then click Task Sheet. To group resource information, on the View menu, click Resource Sheet.
On the Project menu, point to Group by, and then click the group you want to apply. To apply a group that isn’t on the Group by submenu, click More Groups. For example, for the Task Sheet, click Duration to see tasks grouped by duration. For the Resource Sheet, click Resource Group to see resources grouped by the information in the Group field.
To remove the grouping you applied, on the Project menu, point to Group by, and then click No Group.
In many views, you can group information for tasks or resources to compare and contrast data. For example, you may want to see all tasks that have a similar duration grouped together.
If, after viewing your schedule, you find that you won’t meet your project finish date, you can adjust tasks to shorten your schedule. Pay special attention to critical tasks because any changes to those tasks may affect the finish date.
Can a task begin earlier? Use lead time. Is there a date that a task must absolutely start? Add a constraint. Are some resources overworked and others free? Reassign resources to shorten tasks.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Double-click the link line of the tasks you want to check.
The Task Dependency dialog box appears. If the Bar Styles dialog box appears, you didn’t click precisely on the task link and need to close this dialog box and double-click the task link again.
In the Type box, check the task dependency.
To change the dependency, in the Type box, click the task link you want to use.
A task dependency describes how a task is related to the start or finish of another task. Microsoft Project provides four task dependencies you can use to connect a series of tasks in a schedule: finish-to-start (the most commonly used dependency), start-to-start, start-to-finish, and finish-to-finish. By using these dependencies effectively, you can modify the critical path and shorten your project schedule.
Microsoft Project assigns a finish-to-start task dependency when you link tasks. If another relationship better models your tasks, change the dependency type. For example, when two tasks need to start at the same time, you can create a start-to-start link. When tasks need to finish at the same time, you can use a finish-to-finish link.
In the Task Name field, click the task you want, and then click Task Information.
Click the Predecessors tab.
In the Lag field, type the lead time you want, as a negative number or as a percentage.
If you have tasks that can begin earlier than shown in your schedule, you can overlap (add lead time) to more accurately model how the work will be done.
For example, if the electricians can begin wiring outlets before the walls are all finished, you can use time more efficiently by starting the “Wire outlets” task after half of the walls have been roughed in. To do this, you set up a lead time between the finish of the “Rough-in walls” task and the start of the “Wire outlets” task. In Microsoft Project, you type lead time as a negative number or as a negative percentage, such as –50 or –30%.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click More Tables.
In the Tables list, click Constraint Dates, and then click Apply.
You may need to drag the divider bar to the right to view the Constraint Type and Constraint Date fields.
The Constraint Dates table shows the task name, duration, constraint type for all constraints, and the constraint date, as applicable.
If the field you want to see isn’t visible, press TAB to move to it.
For each task with a constraint other than the default, As Soon As Possible, look at the predecessor tasks and successor tasks on the Gantt Chart to determine if you really need the constraint.
Change a constraint if necessary.
To change a constraint type, in the Constraint Type field, click the arrow, and then click the appropriate constraint.
To change a constraint date, type or select the date in the Constraint Date field.
Task constraints can help you create a more accurate schedule by tying tasks to specific dates. For example, you can specify that a task must start no earlier than a particular date or finish no later than a particular date. You can change the constraint on a task from the default, As Soon As Possible, to seven other constraints or reset it to the default constraint to better reflect when the task will be done.
Notes
If you type a start date for a task or drag a Gantt bar to change the start date, Microsoft Project sets a Start No Earlier Than (SNET) constraint based on the new start date. If you type a finish date for a task, Microsoft Project automatically assigns a Finish No Earlier Than (FNET) constraint.
If you’re scheduling your project from a finish date, typing a start date for a task or dragging a Gantt bar to change the start date sets a Start No Later Than (SNLT) constraint. If you type a finish date for a task, Microsoft Project automatically assigns a Finish No Later Than (FNLT) constraint.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, click the task to which you want to assign more resources, and then click Assign Resources .
In the Name field, click the resource you want to assign to the task.
If necessary, type the name of a new resource in the Name field.
Click Assign.
A check mark to the left of the Name field indicates that the resource is assigned to the selected task.
After you’ve assigned resources to a task, Microsoft Project recalculates the task’s duration if you add or remove additional resources. For example, if you add another resource to an effort-driven task with a four-day duration and one assigned resource, the task will be shortened to two days. If you have more flexibility with your resource assignments than schedule deadlines, adding resources can be an effective way to shorten your schedule.
Note If the task duration isn’t affected by adding resources, ensure the scheduling options are set to effort-driven scheduling. Click Task Information , and then click the Advanced tab. Be sure the Effort driven check box is selected and the task type is Fixed Units or Fixed Work.
Tips
If you don’t know which resources are available to take on more work, you can see current resource allocations by clicking Resource Usage on the View menu.
To assign a resource part-time, type a value less than 100 in the Units field to represent the percentage of working time you want the resource to spend on the task. To assign more than one of the same resource (such as two carpenters), type a percentage amount greater than 100 in the Units field.
To assign several different resources, hold down CTRL as you click nonadjacent resources or hold down SHIFT as you click adjacent resources.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click Split Task .
Move the pointer over the taskbar you want to split, and then click the taskbar where you want the split to occur.
Splitting tasks may help adjust your schedule. You can split a task so that the task is interrupted, and then resumes later in the schedule.
Splitting tasks is useful when you need to stop work on a task temporarily to work on another task. You can split a task as many times as necessary. Splitting a task into parts is not the same as entering a recurring task scheduled to occur at regular intervals, such as a staff meeting.
After you’ve entered task, resource, and cost information for your project, you can save a snapshot of your original plan, called a baseline.
To save a checkpoint of actual progress on the project, you can save an interim plan and compare changes to your baseline plan.
After the project is underway, you can enter actual information and compare that data to the baseline.
On the Tools menu, point to Tracking, and then click Save Baseline.
Click Entire project to save a project baseline. Click Selected tasks to add new tasks to an existing baseline.
Click OK.
When you’ve entered all of your project information and you’re ready to start actual work, you can save a baseline of your project’s information to compare with the actual progress of your project. Using a baseline, you can track the progress of your schedule so you can make the necessary corrections. For example, you can see which tasks started later than planned, how much work resources performed, and whether your budget’s on track.
On the Tools menu, point to Tracking, and then click Save Baseline.
Click Save interim plan.
In the Copy box, click the name of the current interim plan.
In the Into box, click a name for the next interim plan, or specify a new name.
Click Entire project to save an interim plan for the whole project. Click Selected tasks to save a portion of the schedule.
Click OK.
After you save a baseline of your project’s information, you can save up to 10 interim plans as checkpoints during the project.
Note An interim plan saves the tasks’ start and finish dates into Start and Finish fields. You can display these interim plan dates by adding the Start and Finish fields to a table.
BE BACK IN TEN MINUTES
When you manage a project, you need to monitor the elements of the project triangle: time, money, and scope. Adjusting one of these elements affects the other two. Events such as unexpected delays, cost overruns, and resource changes can cause problems in your schedule.
If you keep your project information up to date, you can always see the latest status of the project. That way, you can identify problems early that might affect your project’s success and use Microsoft Project to find solutions.
Once you’ve set up your project and work has begun, you can keep track of actual start and finish dates, tasks’ percentage of completion, and actual work. Tracking actuals shows you how changes affect other tasks and, ultimately, the project’s finish date.
When you’ve completed this lesson, you’ll know how to enter actual task information and see its effects on the schedule.
On the View menu, click Tracking Gantt.
To view the variance fields, on the View menu, point to Table, and then click Variance.
If necessary, press TAB to see the variance fields.
On the View menu, point to Toolbars, and then click Tracking.
Update the progress of the tasks in your project.
If the task has started as scheduled, click the task, and then click Update as Scheduled .
If the task is not progressing as scheduled, in the next lessons you’ll learn how to enter actual start and finish dates, enter the actual duration of the task, or update a task’s progress as a percentage.
To keep your project on schedule, make sure that tasks start and finish on schedule. The Tracking Gantt view helps find trouble spots, tasks that vary from the baseline plan. You can then adjust task dependencies, reassign resources, or delete some tasks to meet your deadlines.
The Tracking Gantt view pairs the current schedule with the original schedule for each task. When you’ve saved the project with a baseline, but before you’ve entered actual data on progress, the Tracking Gantt view shows tasks with the baseline bars and the scheduled or actual bars synchronized.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Toolbars, and then click Tracking if it is not already selected.
In the Task Name field, select the tasks you want to update.
To select nonadjacent tasks, hold down CTRL, and then click the tasks. To select adjacent tasks, hold down SHIFT, and then click the first and last task to update.
Click Update Tasks .
Under Actual, type or select a date in the Start or Finish box.
If you enter a finish date, make sure that the task is 100% complete; Microsoft Project will assume the date is correct and reschedule tasks accordingly.
Click OK.
Tasks that start or finish late can throw an entire project off schedule by delaying the start or finish dates of related tasks. Tasks that start or finish early can free resources to work on other tasks that are behind schedule. Microsoft Project uses the actual values you enter to reschedule the remaining portions of your project.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
In the Task Name field, click the task for which you want to enter the actual duration.
On the Tools menu, point to Tracking, and then click Update Tasks.
In the Actual dur box, type the actual duration of the task.
Click OK.
If you know the number of days a task has been in progress and if it is progressing as planned, you can track progress by entering the duration that the resource has been working on the task.
When you enter the actual duration of a task, Microsoft Project updates the actual start date, the task’s percentage of completion, and the duration of the task remaining in the schedule.
Note If you enter an actual duration longer than or equal to the scheduled duration, the task becomes 100% complete, and the scheduled duration then equals the actual duration.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart
In the Task Name field, click the task for which you want to update progress.
Click Task Information , and then click the General tab.
In the Percent complete box, type a whole number between 0 and 100.
Click OK.
You can indicate how much progress has been made on a task by entering the percentage of the task duration that is complete. For relatively short tasks, it may not be worthwhile to track progress in such detail; but for long tasks, indicating the percentage of completion for the task helps you track actual progress against the baseline plan.
Notes
Microsoft Project calculates the summary task’s percentage of completion based on the progress of its subtasks. You can also manually enter the summary task’s percentage of completion, which Microsoft Project will use to calculate the percentage of completion for its subtasks.
By default, Microsoft Project indicates the task’s percentage of completion as a thin, black line drawn horizontally through the middle of each Gantt bar on the Gantt Chart.
When you mark a task as 100% complete, Microsoft Project displays a check mark in the Indicators field.
Tip You can use the buttons on the Tracking toolbar to update progress on a task and to perform other tracking activities. To view the Tracking toolbar, point to Toolbars on the View menu, and then click Tracking.
On the View menu, click Task Usage.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Actual Work.
In the timephased portion of the view, in the Actual Work field, type the actual work of each assigned resource.
You can track actual work using the timephased fields in Microsoft Project. Tracking using the timephased fields helps you keep your project up to date periodically because you can enter information for a particular day in your schedule.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Work. If necessary, press TAB to view the Actual field.
Compare the values in the Work, Baseline, and Actual fields.
The values in the Variance field show the difference between the work scheduled and the originally planned amount of work saved in the baseline.
If you’re managing resource assignments in your project, you need to make sure resources complete tasks in the time scheduled. If you’ve saved a baseline for your project, you can check the variance information.
Variances in your schedule can be good as well as bad, depending on the type and severity of the variance. A task with less work than planned, for example, is usually good news but may indicate that your resources are not allocated efficiently.
On the View menu, click Tracking Gantt.
The Tracking Gantt view shows task variances graphically, making it easier to see variances in your schedule.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Variance.
If necessary, press TAB to view the variance fields.
When you save a baseline plan and then update your schedule, you can compare the baseline plan to your actual progress to identify variances. Variances alert you to the areas of the project that are not going as planned.
To keep your project on schedule, make sure that tasks start and finish on time as much as possible. Every project has variances, but it is important to find tasks that vary from the baseline plan as soon as possible so you can adjust task dependencies, reassign resources, or delete some tasks to meet your deadlines.
Note You must update tasks’ actual start and finish dates, actual work values, or actual durations before variances will appear. Microsoft Project calculates the other task information based on the information you enter.
You may need to track how much work each resource on your project completes task by task or cumulatively for the project. Then you can compare the planned and actual amounts of work. This comparison can help you keep track of your resources’ performance and plan workloads for future projects.
When you’ve completed this lesson, you’ll know how to enter actual work done by a resource and see the variance between a resource’s planned and actual work.
On the View menu, click Task Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Work. In the Task Name field, both task and resource names are listed. If necessary, press TAB to view the Actual field.
In the Actual field for each resource, type the updated work value and the duration abbreviation for the actual work of each assigned resource.
If you schedule tasks based on the availability of resources, track the progress of your tasks by updating the work completed on a task. Using this approach, you can track the work that each resource is performing.
When you update the actual work a resource has done on a task, Microsoft Project automatically calculates the work remaining by subtracting the actual work done by the resource from the total work the resource is scheduled to do.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Work.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Actual Work.
In the Act. Work field for the resource, type the actual work value.
You can track actual work for individual resources using the timephased fields in Microsoft Project. Tracking resources’ actual work by using the timephased fields can help you keep your project up to date by time period because you can enter information for a particular day (or other time period) in your schedule.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Work.
If necessary, press TAB to view the Baseline and Actual fields.
Compare the values in the Baseline and Actual fields for each resource.
Make sure the Work and Act. Work fields are displayed in the the timescaled portion of the view.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Work if it’s not already selected.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Actual Work, if it’s not already selected, to display it as well.
In the timescale portion of the view, compare the Work and Act. Work fields for a daily summary of each resource’s work.
If you schedule tasks based on the availability of resources and you track actual work, you can analyze how much total work a resource is accomplishing by looking at the variance between the baseline work and actual work. You can also compare those figures to the baseline work and actual work over time to see how the resource’s work is progressing in greater detail.
You may want to track cost overruns in a phase of your project or learn how much a particular resource costs you on a certain day. Or you may simply need to see how much total cost has accrued.
Tracking costs for your project can help you see where changes need to be made to finish your project on time and within budget and can help in planning budgets for future projects.
On the Tools menu, click Options, and then click the Calculation tab.
Clear the Actual costs are always calculated by Microsoft Project check box.
Click OK.
On the View menu, click Task Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Tracking.
If necessary, press TAB to view the Act. Cost field.
In the Act. Cost field, type the actual cost for the assignment whose costs you are updating.
Microsoft Project automatically updates actual costs as a task progresses based on the task’s accrual method and the rates of the resources. But if you want to track actual costs separately from the actual work on a task, you can enter costs manually instead.
To update costs manually you must first turn off the automatic updating of actual costs and then enter your own actual cost for an assignment after the remaining work is zero.
Microsoft Project automatically updates actual costs as a task progresses based on the accrual method you set. You must first turn off the automatic updating of actual costs to edit actual costs. On the Tools menu, click Options, and then click the Calculation tab.
Clear the Actual costs are always calculated by Microsoft Project check box.
Click OK.
On the View menu, click Task Usage.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Cost.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Cost.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Actual Cost.
To enter actual cost values for a task, select a day or other time period in the timescale portion of the view, and then type a value into the Act. cost field for the task.
To enter actual values for a resource, select a day or other time period in the timescale portion of the view, and then type a value into the Act. cost field for the resource.
You can track actual costs using the timephased fields in Microsoft Project. Tracking actual costs using the timephased fields can help you keep your project up to date by time period because you can enter information for a particular day or other time period in your schedule.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click Cost. If necessary, press TAB to view the Total Cost and Baseline fields.
Compare the values in the Total Cost and Baseline fields. For the cost variance, look at the value in the Variance field.
If you assign fixed costs to tasks or specify wages for resources, you may want to see tasks that cost more than budgeted. By creating a budget using a baseline plan and closely tracking your project costs, you can catch cost overruns early and adjust either your schedule or your budget accordingly.
Microsoft Project calculates the cost of each resource’s work, the total cost for each task and resource, and the total project cost. These costs are considered scheduled or projected costs, which reflect the latest cost picture as the project progresses.
On the Project menu, click Project Information.
Click Statistics.
The current, baseline, actual, and remaining costs are displayed in the Costs column.
You can view your project’s current, baseline, actual, and remaining costs to see whether you’re staying within your budget. These costs are updated each time Microsoft Project recalculates your project.
BE BACK IN TEN MINUTES
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the View menu, point to Table, and then click More Tables.
In the Tables list, click Earned Value, and then click Apply.
Drag the divider bar to the right to display all of the Earned Value table fields. The values are calculated based on the actual work and costs up through and including the current date.
To change the calculation date, on the Project menu, click Project Information. In the Status date box, type the date you want to use, and then click OK.
When you want to compare your expected progress with the actual progress to date, you can use the Earned Value table. It compares, in terms of costs, each task’s baseline schedule with the actual schedule.
You can also use the Earned Value table to forecast whether the task will finish under or over budget based on the cost incurred while the task is in progress. For example, if a task is 50% complete and the actual cost incurred to date is $200, you can see if $200 is more than, less than, or equal to 50% of the baseline (or budgeted) cost. The VAC field displays the variance at completion between baseline cost and scheduled cost for a task.
You should check your schedule for resources with too much or too little work.
If some resources are overallocated, see if adding more resources to a task or reassigning a task will give you the results you want.
If this doesn’t work, you can delay tasks assigned to an overworked resource until later in the schedule or reduce the amount of work for tasks.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage.
The Resource Usage view shows the total hours the resource is working, the total hours the resource is working on each task, and the hours worked per time period on the timescale.
Resources with no tasks yet assigned do not have tasks listed under their names.
Tasks with no resources assigned are listed under Unassigned in the Resource Name field.
On the Project menu, point to Filtered for and then click Overallocated Resources.
Any work resources that are overallocated are displayed and highlighted.
People and equipment are overallocated when they are assigned more work than they can complete in their scheduled working hours. Before you can resolve overallocations, you must determine which resources are overallocated, when they are overallocated, and what tasks they are assigned to at those times. To resolve the problem, the people and equipment must be allocated differently or the task must be rescheduled to a time when the resource is available.
On the View menu, click Task Usage. Resources are grouped under the tasks they are assigned to.
In the table (left) portion of the view, enter a new value in the Work field to change the total work value for an assignment.
After you’ve assigned a resource to a task, you can change the total work values for the resource’s work on the task or change work values for a specific time period when the resource works on the task. Tailoring work values this way can make your schedule more accurate at a finer level of detail.
Note You can also change the individual work values (or hours) for the assigned resources on the timescale portion of the view.
On the View menu, click Resource Usage.
On the Format menu, point to Details, and then click Overallocation.
Look at the timescale on the right and, for each highlighted overallocation, examine the availability of other resources on that day.
Click the ID field to select the entire row of the task you need to reassign.
Drag the task to the resource that you want to reassign it to.
If you have tried to resolve a resource overallocation using other methods and the overallocation persists, it may be time to reassign the task to another resource with more time. This is an alternate method of manually leveling your schedule by reassigning work rather than delaying work.
On the View menu, click More Views.
In the Views list, click Resource Allocation, and then click Apply.
In the timephased portion on the top right, overallocation for a resource is displayed in red.
In the bar chart below, slack for tasks to which the resource is assigned appears graphically as a thin slack bar adjoining the regular Gantt bar.
In the Resource Name field in the top left portion of the view, click the resource name for the overallocated resource with a task you want to delay.
In the Leveling Delay field (bottom left portion of the view) for the task you want to delay, type the amount of time that you want the task to be delayed.
To ensure that successor tasks are not affected, do not enter more lag than the amount of free slack for that task.
To return to a single view, on the Window menu, click Remove Split.
A simple way to resolve a resource overallocation is to delay a task assigned to the resource until the resource has time to work on it. You can add delay to a task, check the effect on the resource’s allocation, and then adjust the delay further if necessary.
Delaying a task also delays the start dates of its successors and can affect the finish date of your schedule. To avoid this, delay tasks with free slack first (noncritical tasks) and only delay them up to the amount of slack that is available for each task. Experiment with adding delay to different tasks to see the effect on your schedule.
On the Tools menu, click Change Working Time.
In the For box, click the resource whose calendar you want to change.
On the calendar, select the days you want to change.
To change a day of the week for the entire calendar, select the day at the top of the calendar.
Click Use default, Nonworking time, or Nondefault working time.
If you clicked Nondefault working time in step 4, type the times you want work to start in the From boxes and the times you want work to end in the To boxes.
Click OK.
The project calendar designates the default work schedule for the project, but you can create a resource calendar to indicate work hours, vacations, leaves of absence, and sick time for individual resources.
To manage a project effectively, you need to communicate and distribute project information. You might prepare reports or presentations; publish information on a Web site; or use Microsoft Project Central to communicate with your workgroup on the Web.
With Microsoft Project, you can format and publish views and print reports to meet the needs of a particular person or group. You can publish the information in Web format (HTML) or include it in a presentation using a program such as Microsoft PowerPoint.
When you have a large task list, it can be difficult to focus on areas that concern you. To emphasize what you need to see, you can customize the format of the task list and the Gantt bars.
You can format categories of information, such as all tasks that must end by a certain date. You can also make some tasks bold or use a different font for them.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
Click GanttChartWizard.
Follow the GanttChartWizard instructions.
The GanttChartWizard is a series of interactive dialog boxes containing options that you select to format the Gantt Chart, such as highlighting the critical path. When you finish selecting the options you want, the GanttChartWizard formats your Gantt Chart for you.
Tip To undo the formatting you chose with the GanttChartWizard, click GanttChartWizard and reapply the default options by clicking Next for each step to return the Gantt Chart to its default settings.
On the View menu, click Gantt Chart.
On the Format menu, click Bar Styles.
To modify an existing style, in the Name field, click the name of the bar style.
Click the Bars tab in the bottom portion of the Bar Styles dialog box.
To create a new style, click in the Show For … Tasks column, and then click the arrow next to the selection to select a new category (such as Critical or Finished).
If you are creating a new style, type its name in the Name field, and then click the Bars tab.
Under Start, Middle, and End, select shapes, patterns or types, and colors for the bar.
Click OK.
To call attention to all tasks of a certain category, you can change the format of the Gantt bars that represent that category on the Gantt Chart. A category can, for example, include specific task types such as milestones or critical tasks or tasks that have finished.
Instead of selecting Gantt bars manually and applying formatting to them, you can create or modify a bar style. Any change you make to the style will affect all bars in the category.
Tip To change the formatting of an individual Gantt bar, select the task, and then click Bar on the Format menu. Click the Bar Shape tab, and format the Gantt bar.
On the View menu, click a sheet view such as the Gantt Chart.
On the Format menu, click Text Styles.
In the Item to Change box, click the type of information you want to change, and then select formatting options for that information.
To change the formatting of another type of information without closing the dialog box, click a new type in the Item to Change box, and then select formatting options for that information.
Click OK.
To distinguish a category of tasks, such as critical tasks, from other tasks in your project, you can change the text formatting for all tasks in that category by modifying the text style. You can also change the look of row and column headings, the timescale, and Gantt bar text.
You can change text styles in any view except the Network Diagram and form views. (In some views, however, not all formatting options are available.) Changes you make apply only to the current view.
If certain information in your view requires urgent attention, such as the completion date of a slipped task, you can call attention to that information by formatting it individually.
Tips
To change the format of an individual task, select the task, click Font on the Format menu, and then select formatting options for that text.
To quickly copy the text formatting of one task to another, select the task with formatting you want to copy, click Format Painter , and then select the task to which you want to apply that formatting.
To change the font, font style, color, and text size, select the text you want to change, click Font on the Format menu, and then select the formatting you want to apply.
You can quickly apply character formatting such as bold, italic, or underlining by using the Formatting toolbar. Select the text you want to format, and then click Bold , Italic , or Underline .
To change text alignment, click Align Left ,
Align Center , or
Align Right .
If certain information in your view requires urgent attention, such as the completion date of a slipped task, you can call attention to that information by formatting it individually. In most views, you can change the font, font style, color, and size of the text.
Note This type of formatting won’t change if you change the data later. You’ll need to individually change the formatting you added.
After you’ve entered the basic information about your project, you may want to print it and review the plan.
To make it easy to identify your project, you can add headers, footers, and page numbers. If you want to review certain areas of the plan, you can change to another view, customize the view to show only the information you need, and print it.
On the File menu, click Page Setup.
Click the Header, Footer, or Legend tab.
Click the Left, Center, or Right tab.
In the text box, place the insertion point where you want to add the project information.
In the General and Project fields boxes, click each type of information you want, and then click Add.
Microsoft Project will use the information you typed into the Project Information and Properties dialog boxes to fill in each type of information.
You can add project information to the header, footer, or legend of a view. The project information can be data you entered (such as your company’s name or manager’s name) or data provided by Microsoft Project (such as the page number or project finish date). You can choose the project information that adds the most impact to your printed view.
Note To format project information, you need to select the ampersand (&) that precedes it, or select the entire line, and then click Format Text Font . Select the font, font style, size, and color you want; select the Underline check box if you want; and then click OK.
To see what a project view will look like when printed, click Print Preview .
Before printing a view, it is useful to see what the information will actually look like when printed. You can adjust the page orientation and size, edit headers, footers, and legends, and set print options.
To print a view using the default settings, click Print .
Most often, a printed view includes only the information that’s displayed on your screen when you use the Print command. When you want to print what you see on your screen, print a view. You can print sheet views, graph views, and most chart views, that is, any view except form views and the Relationship Diagram view.
Note To change the default print settings, click Print on the File menu, and then specify the printer and printer properties, the print range, the number of copies, and the date range. To see the results of your changes immediately, click Preview in the Print dialog box.
On the View menu, click Reports.
Click the report type you want, and then click Select.
Click the specific report you want to print, and then click Select.
Click Print.
A report is a predefined set of detailed information about a specific part of your plan. Microsoft Project provides more than 20 predefined reports; for example, the Who Does What report automatically includes each resource’s task assignments, as well as the work, delay, and start and finish dates for each assignment.
Microsoft Project puts the communication potential of the World Wide Web at your fingertips with a variety of Internet and intranet features. With Microsoft Project, you can take advantage of the power of the Web by:
Communicating project plans and collecting project information from team members.
Copying information as a static picture and saving the picture in a Web-compatible file format.
Distributing documents on the Web related to your project.
On the File menu, click Save As Web Page.
If necessary, type a name for the exported file in the File name box, and then click Save.
In the Import/export map list, click the name of the map you want to use for exporting your data, such as Export to HTML using standard template. Note You can define a new map or edit an existing map by clicking New Map.
Click Save.
You can include information from a Microsoft Project schedule in an HTML document for the World Wide Web. Microsoft Project uses import/export maps to determine which fields are exported to HTML format and may use a template to determine how and where the information is displayed in the HTML file. You can create or edit both the HTML import/export maps and the HTML templates.
Note You can edit the sample templates that Microsoft Project provides for creating formatted HTML files from exported data or you can create your own templates. For more information on using sample HTML templates, see HTML export templates and tags.
Select the rows in your project you want to copy or display the area you want to copy on your screen.
On the Edit menu, click Copy Picture.
Under Render image, specify how you want the image rendered:
To copy the information for display on a screen, such as for a Microsoft PowerPoint slide, click For screen.
To copy the information as it would be printed, click For printer.
To copy the information as a GIF image file, for use in a Web page or in other programs, click To GIF image file, and then specify the path and file name you want to copy the image to.
Under Copy, click Rows on screen to copy all visible portions of your plan, or click Selected rows to copy only the row you have selected.
To copy information for a range of dates other than those currently displayed in the timescale, under Timescale, enter a starting and ending date in the From and To boxes.
Click OK.
Switch to the program where you want to paste the Microsoft Project information, and then paste the picture using the program’s Paste command.
You can copy information as a static picture from the active Microsoft Project view and paste it into any program capable of displaying graphical information as images. You can also save the picture in a Web-compatible file format for use on the Web. In many views, you can copy a picture of the entire view or select and copy a portion of the view.
Now that you’ve set up your first project, you can get started working on your own.
When you have questions, select from the options on the Help menu or click the Office Assistant.
Faculty of Management of Technology, Holon institute of Technology ‐ HIT, Holon, Israel
veredhz@hit.ac.il
ilanit.panizel@gmail.com
Abstract: The last decade is characterized, in many IT companies, by changing the system development life cycle
methodology from the classical waterfall or prototype methods to the agile methodology of development. The agile
methodology, developed in the beginning of 2000’s, encourages the development of working software within a defined
framework, while accepting changes and keeping the customer involved during the whole project. The present paper
examines the relationship between the project management‐customer’s communication and the project success. The agile
software development methodology was introduced in February 2001, when the Agile Manifesto was conceived, based on
four values: (1) Individuals and interactions over processes and tools; (2) Working software over comprehensive
documentation; (3) Customer collaboration over contract negotiation; and (4) Responding to change over following a plan.
The scrum model for developing software applies the agile values and methodology while presenting a framework,
terminology, roles and ceremonies to perform successful projects. The core roles include the development team, the
scrum master, and the product owner who represents the customer and the users. Effective communication with the
various stakeholders in a scrum project, aimed to develop a new product or software, is essential. The scrum method
defines a series of sprints, of two to four weeks, in which the team performs the tasks to be completed. The current paper
presents a quantitative research, where 61 managers and customers of IT scrum projects, answered a reliable
questionnaire. The study investigated the perceived success of agile projects as measured by meeting schedule, budget
and performance requirements, as well as customer satisfaction and long term achievements such as business objectives
and development of core competencies. Findings reveal that effective communication is a dominant factor in a success
scrum project. Furthermore, the communications with the customer was characterized by the following items: face‐to‐face
conversations, telephone and email correspondences, and accepting changes following conversations with the customer.
Analysis of the virtual communication tools effectiveness shows that although the project team members are satisfied with
the use of these communication media tools, the tools are usually not evaluated on an economical basis but rather based
on a convenience of use. The study highlights the importance of communications management in IT project management
as applied these days. Professionals and project managers should be aware to the impact of effective communications on
the project success and to be able to identify the weak areas in their arena of communications.
Keywords: communications management; agile; scrum; project management; project success
Information Technology (IT) companies tend to change the methodology of developing new products, from the
well‐established and known waterfall methodology, which was introduced in the 19
(1970), to a dynamic approach that fits to the short, intensive product life cycle of the 21st century. In 2001 the
agile software development approach was form, based on the understanding that the current software and
information technology industry is energetic and changing as opposed to the solid known industry of
construction and engineering.
The agile approach is focused on developing, within a defined short timeframe, a quality product that is
aligned with the changing requirements, while considering the customer’s needs and preferences and
maintaining effective and open communication with the customer. The methodology is based on four values:
(1) Individuals and interactions over processes and tools; (2) Working software over comprehensive
documentation; (3) Customer collaboration over contract negotiation; and (4) Responding to change over
following a plan.
Communications management is a core concept in agile because it is required to communicate with the
customer and with the project team throughout the project in order to achieve the best product, therefore to
achieve project success. Several studies examined waterfall vs. agile project management over the years. They
report that waterfall teams invested more time in documentation while agile teams coded and documented
design. They also found that short duration projects with small development teams achieve similar results
although worked with different methodologies. However, all these studies support the identification of
communications and coordination as a key success factor in software development projects (Feng & Sedano,
2011; Tsun & Dac‐Buu, 2008; Andersen et al., 2006).
Vered Holzmann and Ilanit Panizel
communication and the project success. It is focused on investigating IT projects, developing software based
on the agile methodology. We investigated the perceived success of agile projects as measured by meeting
schedule, budget and performance requirements, as well as customer satisfaction and long term achievements
such as business objectives and development of core competencies. The research independent variable is a
composed variable which represents the perceived communications.
The following part reviews the communication processes in general and its implementation in agile projects in
particular. The next part describes the study method, including the sample and the questionnaire which was
used to collect data. Then, the research findings are presented and the paper is concludes with
recommendations and directions for future research.
“Communication” is defined by the Oxford Dictionary as “the imparting or exchanging of information by
speaking, writing, or using some other medium . . . means of sending or receiving information, such as
telephone lines or computers. . .” The communication is an interpersonal process that enables the
transmission of messages, ideas, and meanings between persons. In the 1940s the communication researcher,
Harold Laswell, presented a basic model which divides the communication process into five major
components: the sender, the message, the channel, the receiver, and the outcome of the process. The basic
model, based on the mechanistic approach, emphasized the technical aspect of the communication process.
The model’s foremost shortcoming was that it represented a one‐direction transfer of information, and
neglected the two‐direction, circular, characteristic of communication process. In 1949, Claude Shannon and
Warren Weaver presented an advanced communication model, based on the model presented by Laswell
(Shannon & Weaver, 1963). The new model introduced feedback as an additional important component of
communication, which enriched the basic model by converting it to two‐direction, circular, process
presentation. This communication model is presented in the following exhibit.
Message
Noise . . .
feedback, and noise (Gibson et al., 1991). The Sender refers to the individual who initiate the communication
process. The Receiver typically refers to the individual who accept the message and acts as the message’s
destination. The sender and the receiver may change their roles during the communication process. Message
typically refers to the verbal and nonverbal signals that conveyed by each communicator in the communication
process. Channel is the vehicle or the medium by which the message is transferred. Encoding is the procedure
of encryption of the message into common symbols and signs. Decoding refer to the procedure of
interpretation of symbols and signs while giving them meaning. Feedback creates a two‐directional, circular,
process in which the receiver approves he received the message and ensure he assign it the right meaning.
And the Noise refers to any barrier that may interrupt the message exchange process and cause to a
communication failure.
Hartley (2001) elaborates on interpersonal communication where face‐to‐face communication between two
people is not mediated by any medium or channel; it includes only a small number of participants who are
physically close to each other, which enable them to maintain eye contact and immediate response. In this
type of communication both parties can express themselves actively and they can provide verbal and
nonverbal feedback. Interpersonal communication is considered to be a “rich” communication channel to
transfer the message as it facilitates understanding by receiving an immediate and multi‐layers feedback that
improves software team work. Huang, Kahai, & Jestice (2010) investigated decision‐making in virtual teams
Vered Holzmann and Ilanit Panizel
improves trust among the project team members. These findings are supported by another study, by Purdy,
Nye & Balakrishnan (2000) who compared four communication channels for negotiation and found that media
richness affects required bargaining time, outcome satisfaction and the desire for future negotiation
interaction. Therefore, interpersonal communication is preferred to other communication channels such as
written documents, videoconferences, telephone conversations, and computer‐mediated communications (&
Daft & Langel, 1988; Downs & Adrian, 2004).
The main processes in any development project are concept and requirements analysis, architecture design,
detailed design, coding, debugging, testing, installation, and maintenance. The traditional waterfall model is
based on sequential progress where the beginning of one stage depends on the completion of previous stage
and on the documentation that was produced during the former stage. However, this long‐established
approach was found, at least in several cases, insufficient for the dynamic technological environment.
Therefore, in 2001, the agile methodology was developed by a group of software projects professionals
(Rossberg, 2008; Sliger & Broderick, 2008). The four basic values of the software agile approach are: (1)
Individuals and interactions over processes and tools; (2) Working software over comprehensive
documentation; (3) Customer collaboration over contract negotiation; and (4) Responding to change over
following a plan.
The agile manifesto was published in 2001 to define the guidelines and principles, as presented in the
following exhibit.
2. Welcome changing requirements, even late in development
3. Working software is delivered frequently (weeks rather than months)
4. Working software is the principal measure of progress
5. Sustainable development, able to maintain a constant pace
6. Close, daily cooperation between business people and developers
7. Face‐to‐face conversation is the best form of communication (co‐location)
8. Projects are built around motivated individuals, who should be trusted
9. Continuous attention to technical excellence and good design
10. Simplicity—the art of maximizing the amount of work not done—is essential
11. Self‐organizing teams
12. Regular adaptation to changing circumstances
highest target and the software should be delivered as working product as soon as possible. The team accepts
changes as they improve the final product and make it more suitable for the customer’s needs. Three of the
manifest principles deal with communications, cooperation and collaboration, and are aimed to support a
creative and effective environment.
The agile approach laid the foundations for several models of software development, when the most popular
are XP (Extreme Programming) and Scrum (Leffingwell, 2007; Shore & Warden, 2008). The Scrum, which is the
focus of the current study, is an iterative, incremental and rapid process for software project management.
The process starts with a vision of the software system, which is later defined by the Product Owner, who is
responsible to maximize the ROI (Return on Investment), into a Product Backlog. The Product Backlog includes
a list of requirements, ordered by priority. The work is progressed by sprints, where each sprint is an iteration
of 1 to 3 weeks. Each sprint starts with a sprint planning meeting where the Product Owner describes the
vision and the backlog tasks to the Team, and the Team replies with an estimation of what can be completed
within the sprint timeframe. Every day during the sprint, the Team meets for a Daily Scrum meeting, which is a
15 minutes gathering where each team member answers three questions: (1) what have you done since the
last Daily Scrum meeting? (2) What do you plan to do until the next Daily Scrum meeting? and (3) What
Vered Holzmann and Ilanit Panizel
administered by the Scrum Master who is responsible to remove all impediments and enable effective work by
the Team. The Sprint ends with a Sprint Review meeting where the Team presents what was developed. They
conduct a Retrospective meeting that is dedicated to lessons learned (Schwaber, 2004; Rossberg, 2008). The
following diagram represents the Scrum process.
backlog tasks within the defined schedule, i.e., during the Sprint, the Scrum Team should work efficiently and
effectively. These professionals are skilled, experienced and responsible workers. They collaborate as a
coherent team that takes responsibility on the project success or failure. Therefore, communications in an
agile team is a core competence.
The need to exchange information in an agile project is crucial as the closure of one task serves as inputs for
the next task and the intensive work processes require accuracy, completeness, and openness. Management
of successful agile projects includes a communications plan that details the communication processes between
the team and the customer. As the relationship with the customer is established on trust and understanding,
changes are welcome throughout the development process and the final product is delivered to the
customer’s satisfaction. An effective communication plan includes answers to what should be communicated,
to whom, when, and how. It aims to coordinate expectations, thus makes the customer a partner in any
decision making process in the project (Craig, 2004).
In the current research we investigated the following two hypotheses:
success.
questionnaire was distributed to project manages and other stakeholders involved in agile software
development projects, that are executed based on the Scrum model. The sample includes 56 respondents who
are experienced software project managers, team managers, and subcontractors in Scrum projects.
The questionnaire was composed of three sections. Section A: Communication characteristics, which deals
with mediums and timing of communication between the team and the customer; Section B: Project success,
which evaluates the perceived success of the project; Section C: Project characteristics, which provides
informative data regarding the project and the management style.
It included statements on a Likert scale of 1‐6, where 1 stands for do not agree and 6 stands for totally agree,
as recommended by Chomeya (2010), to which the respondents were asked to provide their perception
regarding a specific Scrum project.
Vered Holzmann and Ilanit Panizel
Agree
Agree
1 The information is documented in a way that all the project
3 We can talk freely with the customer about any issue
4 Management meetings are taking place as planned
5 The customer is present at every status meeting
6 The customer is involved in the decision making process
7 We communicate with the customer by face-to-face meetings
8 We communicate with the customer by mail/phone conversations
9 The project has a dedicated portal
10 The customer has an access to all project information layers
11 The customer is totally involved in the project planning
12 The customer is totally involved in the project tracking and control
13 The customer asks for changes after joint meetings
14 The customer asks for changes after mail correspondence or
16 Customer’s changes requests are welcome by the project team
17 The customer approves change requests before development
version is developed
Agree
Agree
19 The project meets its schedule plan
20 The project meets its scope plan
21 The project meets its budget plan
22 The project team is responsive for any change request
23 The customer is satisfied with the project’s results
24 The project contributes to the team development
25 The project team is satisfied with the project’s results
26 The project contributes to the organization’s business objectives
27 The project improves the organization’s technological capabilities
28 The organization management is satisfied with the project’s results
29 The final product satisfies the customer’s needs
Project Budget: Less than $100k / $100k-$500k / $500k-$2M / $2M-$10M / over $10M
Project Duration: Less than 3 months / 3-6 months / 6-12 months / 1-2 years / over 2
years
Geographical dispersion of project team: local / country / global
Project Technology: extend an existing product line / replicate a product / develop a new
platform / upgrade an existing product / develop new technology
Team member / Other
Vered Holzmann and Ilanit Panizel
relevance and the explicitly of each question on a scale of 1‐6, where 1 stands for irrelevant/not‐clear at all
and 6 stands for very relevant/very clear. The following table summarizes the average values for each of the
evaluators’ assessments regarding the questionnaire.
Number
Assessment
Assessment
2 4.62 5.42
3 5.34 5.88
4 5.42 5.75
Average 5.24 5.36
0.807, which is considered to be sufficient for social sciences studies (Bland & Altman, 1997).
The questionnaire respondents are project managers and team members as displayed in the following chart.
years, and the majority of respondents are project managers (35, 62.5%).
The research major variables are project communication and project success. The project communication was
calculated by weighting 4 questions with 15% each, as the literature indicated that these are the most
important issues regarding customer communications (questions 7,8,13,14), and 14 questions with 2.85%
each, as these are indications of indirect assessment of the communication. The project success variable was
calculated by weighting 3 questions with 20% each, as the literature indicated that these are well‐established
basic parameters to evaluate project success (questions 19,20,21), and 8 questions with 5% each, as these are
indications of indirect assessment of the project success.
The research hypotheses were tested using the Pearson correlation coefficient to measure the linear
dependence between the research variables. The results are presented.
Success
Communication
Correlation
N 56
* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2‐tailed).
Vered Holzmann and Ilanit Panizel
Success
Communication
Sig. (2-tailed) .000
N 56
* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2‐tailed).
meets its
schedule plan
meets its
budget plan
meets its
scope plan
Communication
Pearson
Correlation
N 56 56 56
that this relationship is gets stronger when the communication is richer, i.e., it is based on face‐to–face.
One of the four values in agile software development projects concerns a continuous and effective
collaborative relationship with the customer. Sliger & Broderick (2008) explain that this relationship enables
the project team to accept frequent changes and implement them successfully, which eventually leads to a
successful project. The importance of effective communication between the agile project team and the project
customer was confirmed by the results of the current study, and it is aligned with previous studies (Cockburn &
Highsmith, 2001; Tengshe & Noble, 2007; Chow & Cao, 2008). Although the correlation between project
communication and project success was found to be significantly positive (0.564) and stronger when regarding
face‐to‐face communication (0.603), it should be noted these results are moderate. A possible explanation
would be that there are intervening variables that were not measured in the current research. Therefore,
future study should evaluate the impact or the relationship of additional factors such as organization and team
culture, and project and product complexity.
The agile approach is focused on delivering a working product that the customer needs and evaluates
(Schwaber, 2004). Thus, Tengshe & Noble (2007) argue that customer communication processes including
timing and channels of communication should be defined in order to achieve customer satisfaction. In a
successful project, the customer is a partner that takes active part in creating the vision and in making
decisions.
This study was limited by the small number of respondents and their experience in specific type of agile
projects. Further research that will be based on massive data collected from an array of agile projects,
including scrum model and XP model, will provide sustainable infrastructure for analysis. In addition, although
measurement of communication is not an easy task, we recommend on developing more precise technique to
assess different communication factors. The question of how to implement the agile methodology in software
projects is present in many IT organizations, especially when managers have to consider how to justify
extremely expensive customized software like SA, Oracle an s on. We believe that effective communication is a
key success factor in any project and especially in agile software development project and as soon as we will
be able to provide specific guidelines for effective communication, we will be able to guarantee project
success.
147.
Vered Holzmann and Ilanit Panizel
Chow, T. & Cao, D. B. (2008) A survey study of critical success factors in agile software projects, Journal of Systems and
Cockburn, A., & Highsmith, J. (2001) Agile software development, the people factor. Computer, 34(11), 131‐133.
Craig, L. (2004) Agile and Iterative Development: A Manager’s Guide .Addison‐Wesley Boston, MA.
Downs, C. W., & Adrian, A. D. (2004) Assessing Organizational Communication: Startegic Communication Audits, Guilford
Feng J., & Sedano, T. (2011) Comparing extreme programming and waterfall project results. Software Engineering
Gibson, L., Ivancevich, M., & Donnelly, H. (1991) Organizations: Behavior, Structure, Processes, Business Publications,
Hartley, P. (2001) Interpersonal Communication 2nd ed., Taylor & Francis e‐Library, New York, NY.
Huang, R., Kahai, S., & Jestice, R. (2010) The contingent effects of leadership on team collaboration in virtual teams .
Leffingwell, D. (2007) Scaling Software Agility : Best Practices for Large Enterprises. Addison‐Wesley, Upper Saddle River,
Lengel, R.H., & Daft, R.L. (1988) The selection of communication media as an executive skill Academy of Management
Oxford Dictionary (2013) Oxford University Press, Available at:
Purdy, J.M., Nye, P., & Balakrishnan, P.V. (2000) The impact of communication media on negotiation outcomes .
Rossberg, J. ).2008 ( Pro Visual Studio Team System Application Lifecycle Management .Apress, springer‐ verlag, New York,
Schwaber, K. (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum. Microsoft, Redmond, WA.
Shannon, C. E., & Weaver, W. (1963) The Mathematical Theory of Communication, University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Ill.
Shore, J., & Warden, S. (2008) The Art of Agile Developemnt, O’reilly, Media Inc., Sebastopol, CA.
Sliger, M., & Broderick, S. (2008) The Software Project Manager’s Bridge to Agility .Addison‐Wesley.Pearson Education
Tengshe, A., & Noble, S. (2007) Establishing the Agile PMO: Managing Variability Across Projects and Portfolios. AGILE
Tsun, C., & Dac‐Buu, C. (2008) A survey study of critical success factors in agile software projects. The Journal of Systems
Winston, W. R. )1970( “Managing the development of large software systems”, Proceedings of IEEE WESCON 26 (August),
Evaluation is the property of Academic Conferences & Publishing International Ltd. and its
content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the
copyright holder’s express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email
articles for individual use.
